BE353224A - - Google Patents

Description

       

    <Desc / Clms Page number 1>
 



  Improvements to telephone systems
The present invention relates to improvements made to an automatic or semi-automatic telephone system and although it relates more particularly to a means of allowing jerky-advancing desks to function jointly with reversing and vice-versa control desks it also contains improvements applicable to both types of systems and possibly to automatic telephony

  <Desc / Clms Page number 2>

 in general,,
As is known, in offices with jerky advancement, the switches operate directly under the effect of pulses produced by a calling subscriber, or if they do not operate directly under the effect of these,

   they respond to pulses produced in a similar fashion by an operator or by a recorder controller. The reversely controlled desk, on the contrary, contains switches which are actuated by a motive force and whose amplitude of movement is controlled by a recorder controller whose recorder is set by the subscriber. calling or by an operator, depending on the oas, and the control is effected by counting the number of pulses moved back, coming from the motive-controlled switches, in what is called a fundamental circuit. Usually, the reverse pulses are the complement of the pulses produced by the calling subscriber.



   One of the features of the present invention is the use of repeaters transmitters by means of which, on the one hand, the stirring control pulses of the jerky-advancing desk are made to control the operation of switches in the reversely controlled desk. , in exactly the same way as if the switches were controlled by a local recorder, and by means of which on the other hand, the control exerted by a recorder from the reversing control desk is caused to produce the transmitting pulses to self-clocking switches in a manner exactly similar to that in which pulses are transmitted from a local subscriber dial.

   By these means it is possible to cause a jerky-advancing desk to work with a reversing drive desk and for the reversing drive desk to work with a jerky-advancing desk by adding separate elements which can be laced in one or the other of the offices.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 3>

 



   Another characteristic of the invention is such an arrangement of the jerky advancement desk that it can conform to the arrangement of the reversible control desk. The advantage of such an arrangement is that it enables the dimensions of the recorder transmitter to be reduced between the reversing control desk and the jerky-advancing desk, since it can transmit a series of pulses as soon as it is has been put in position without having to provide a way to store the entire number.

   The recorder transmitters may be individually specific to the junction lines or may be provided in common by a group of junction lines, the transmitters between the jerky advancement desk and the reversing control desk will preferably be provided in common, while the recorder transmitters between the reversing desks and the jerky-advancing desks can be provided individually as their dimensions are not so large. If desired, of course, they could be provided in common for a group of lines and the question of whether this is advantageous or not can be determined in each particular case.



   Features and others of the present invention which have been developed to meet the various conditions which arise in the actual operation of cooperation between offices of known types will be better understood with the aid of the appended claims and the drawings in which Figures 1-9 and 9a taken together show the details of the switches and the details of other circuits necessary for understanding the establishment of a common! oation between a subscriber in a jerky advancement office and a subscriber of a reversible control desk;

   Figures 1, 3, 4, 7, 12, 13, 14 and 15 taken together show a variant for the operation of another type of desk with reversible control, Figures I, 16, II and 18 show a provision for making special calls from the office to

  <Desc / Clms Page number 4>

 jerky advancement to an operator of the reverse control desk, Figures 19, 20, 20a 21 and 22 show an arrangement for establishing a connection between a subscriber of a reverse control desk and a subscriber of a reverse control desk. progress, Figures 23, 24, 24a, 21 and 22, taken together, show the establishment of a communication between a subscriber of a different type of revarsively controlled office and a subscriber of a remote office. jerky advancement,

   Figure II is a table showing which of the relays 211-215 are actuated for the different numbers of pulses contained in a series. Figure 10 shows how the different figures I to 9 and 9a are to be arranged for the understanding of the establishment of the first type of communication, Figure 26 shows how Figures I, 3, 4, 7, 12, 13, 14 and 15 are to be arranged for the establishment of the second type of connection; Figure 29 shows how Figures I, 16, 17 and 18 must be arranged for the establishment of the third type of communication;

   figure 27 shows how the riguras should be arranged for the establishment of the fourth type of communication; figure 28 shows how the figures should be arranged for the establishment of the fifth type of communication, figure 25 shows a general arrangement showing how the jerk-off desk operates in a network comprising a reversible control desk and a manual desk provided with call indicators and series of keys operated by an operator. It is understood, however, that the provisions mentioned here are given by way of example only and that various modifications may be made to them to take account of different circumstances by persons skilled in the art, without departing from the rules. framework of the present invention.



   A description will first be given of the arrangement shown in FIG. 20 so that the switching arrangement to which the invention applies can be understood. To the left of figure 25 is represented a desk with dream control.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 5>

 sible ROX, and on the right a jerky SSX desktop, while in the upper middle of the figure, an MX manual desk is shown. The MX manual desk is equipped with a series of OKS operator keys and CIP call indicator sets. The apparatus of the RCX reversible control desk and of the MX manual desk is of the known type and the same applies to the operating arrangements between these desks.

   Associated with the ROX reversible control desk, in appropriate rectangles, the various devices necessary to establish communication have been shown, a subscriber instrument SI to which is associated with the desk a line circuit LO. When a call is made, a primary searcher PF and a secondary searcher SF function to connect the calling line to a primary selector PS with which is associated a recorder selector RS. This RS device works to find a free RO recorder.

   The pulses formed at the dial by the calling participant are recorded in the recorder RG, while reversing control pulses for the primary selector PS, the second selector SR, the third selector R3 and the final selector R4 are initiated back and forth. that the operation of these switches is controlled in a known manner to establish a connection with a called subscriber line. In this way, a connection is established between one subscriber and another in the RCX reversing control office.

   For outgoing calls to the MX manual office; Particular stages of the primary selector PS lead to CIP call indicator stations, which can be easily followed, the call indicator station apparatus being intended to initiate reverse pulses in a reverse fashion. analogous to switches SR, R3 and R4, and its operation being controlled so as to show the number of the called party.



   In another stage of the primary selector PS. junction lines leading to the SSX jerky advancement office. These junction lines are provided with repeaters transmitters

  <Desc / Clms Page number 6>

 -RT which are shown in two parts, the upper part consisting of junction relay equipment and the lower part consisting of transmission equipment which may be permanently associated with a particular junction line, or may be provided. in a group common to a group of junction lines. On the other side of the repeater transmitter is a second incoming selector S2 of the normal type used in jerky work desks and having vertical and rotary motion.

   The repeater transmitter operates to initiate reversing pulses to the RG recorder so that it operates the same as a call by means of reversely controlled switches, and for each series of pulses received it transmits series of pulses corresponding exactly to the appropriate digits formed on the dial by the calling subscriber.

   The pulses cause the S2 and S3 selectors and the S4 connector to operate, however the S4 connector is of special construction and has two series of wipers, one series of trotters being taken in service if the hundreds digit is odd and the other series of wipers being taken in service if the hundreds digit is even) this arrangement of the arrangement is used to correspond to the reversely controlled recorder RG in which following that the hundreds digit is even or odd , it forces the final recorder to operate under the effect of a number of advancements less than ten, the number corresponding to the number of units, or of a number of advancements greater than ten, the corresponding number to the number of units increased by ten.



   A local call in an SSX jerky advancement office is established by a subscriber by means of an LS line switch, a first selector SLI, a second selector SL2, a third selector SL3 and then the by means of a connector of one hundred lines SL4 if the hundreds digit is even, or by means of a selector such as S4 if the hundreds digit is odd.



  The selector S4 uses in this case a series of wipers only.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 7>

   1 lover,
For outgoing calls coming from a subscriber in the SSX jerky forward office and going to the ROX reversing control office, a communication is established as follows; the subscriber's device the line switch LS, the selector SLi and from there to a particular stage (in this case the second stage), by a group of junction relays D, to which is associated a recorder controller RC to a junction line leading to a second incoming selector R2 from the RCX reversive commando office.

   The function of RC is to respond to pulses sent in jerks and also to receive reversively controlled pulses coming from the switches successively taken into service by the RCX reversing control desk, and to perform the necessary transmission. depending on whether the hundreds digit is odd or even, and other modifications which will be included in the following. The record controller, having to record all the pulses, consists of a considerable piece of equipment and is usually arranged in a separate group common to a number of trunk lines; the call continues through the second selector R2, the third selector R3 and the final selector R4 to a subscriber.



   In the case of calls to the MX manual office, the DM trunk relay group and an RCM recorder controller are taken into service, these two devices being identical, for construction details, to repeater D and controller D. 'RC recorder. In this way the call indicator equipment in the MX manual office can be made the same as the call indicator equipment used to receive calls from an RCX reversing control office. It is therefore not necessary to describe their operation in more detail.

   As in the call indicator office there are reversing command pulses rolled back to operate the RG recorder, so when a connection is made to an indicator station. 'call from a bag advancement office,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 8>

 cadé, reversive control pulses are emitted which will be identical to the reversive control pulses emitted by revarsiva control switches R2, R3, R4.



   In the case of calls in special service, a special floor is assigned in the selector SLl, so that the calls are established from a subscriber by means of his line switch LS, the selector SL1, the relay group junction D2 with the recorder controller associated with the junction line leading to the second special selector R7 which, when actuated, establishes the connection with an operator station OP. Two different types of reversible control desks will be described below. Case offices with reversible control differ more particularly. largely by the release arrangements, although they also differ in the details of the circuits, so it was considered necessary to represent their circuits in great detail.

   It must however be understood that all the equipment shown in a reversible control desk is of the known type. In a manual office, switchboard "B" employing key transmitters is arranged with recorder control equipment to operate only reversibly controlled switches and therefore in the trunk line from the manual office to the office. with jerky advancement, a repeater transmitter such as RT has been provided. The same equipment can be used here again; in fact, it can be generally admitted that with regard to the operation with a jerky advancement desk, the manual desk is similar to a reversing control desk.



   It should be noted that when employing switches responsive to a non-decimal command, such as final selector switches having a capacity of 200 lines, some form of transmission is required. If we assume a final selector turn in which the fixed contact group has ten horizontal rows of twenty contacts each, we see immediate ;; only by employing a pulse transmitter capable of producing

  <Desc / Clms Page number 9>

 After twenty pulses, it would be possible by a vertical and rotary selection to operate the switch under the direct control of the pulse emitter to connect it to any of these oontaots.



   If, on the contrary, it is necessary to use a pulse transmitter producing a maximum of ten pulses, an additional command is necessary to make the choice of the units and this result has been obtained when using the remote control. - versive by pulses, ensuring that the number formed on the dial is recorded in a recorder. The digital positioning of the switches is controlled by pulses which are returned to the recorder from the switch which is being controlled and the choice is completed when the number of reverse pulses corresponds to the complement, with respect to 11, of the registered number.

   When connection is requested with a subscriber connected to the second half of the group of fixed contacts, it is ensured that additional pulses are sent back before the control circuit is opened this correction is / terminated by the value of a certain previous digit before the tens digit.



   In order to facilitate the description, we will give a particular example of numbering and we will assume the case of a telephone network of 20,000 to 100,000 lines in which the communications are established by the formation, on the dial :, from number to five ohdigits.



   It will be assumed that the subscribers are provided with dial type pulse transmitters capable of producing up to ten pulses, the number of pulses produced being equal to the value of the digit formed on the dial by the subscriber. . To establish a communication, you will need three selector switches each having access to ten groups of 20 lines leading to the next row of switches and a final selector (having access to 200 lines). The numbers formed on the dial iron from 00.000 to 99.999 and only the odd stages of the first series are equipped;

  <Desc / Clms Page number 10>

 in the case of second incoming selectors, such as R2, only the odd stages are also equipped.

   In the example considered, it has been assumed that a call has been established from a subscriber located in a revarsively controlled office to subscriber B located in the RCX office, figure 25, and having the number 26.248. Communication can be followed in Figure 6, the fixed contact conductors of the first selector at the remote office and the selectors R2 and R3 being designated by numbers and the arrangement of the fixed contacts of the final selector R4 is also designated by numbers.



     As is known, the reversing pulses are output from selector switches by the rotational movement of an axis which determines which of several brushes is to be triggered, this axis generally being called a trigger axis, and in the example given the number of pulses returned is equal to the number of the stage (LN, Figure 6) through which the brushes that must be released by the trigger axis will pass.



   In the case of the final selector, two series of pulses are sent back, the first series corresponds to the stage chosen in the case of selector switches and consists of pulses up to ten, while the second series, which is returned by the rotation of the brush carriage, corresponds to the ones digit and can contain up to twenty pulses.



  The first series of pulses emitted by the final selector to choose the correct level of contacts does not require modifications because it is obvious that if all the subscribers with the same tens digit in the selected group of 200 are on the same floor , this particular stage must be chosen to put in connection with subscribers having this tens digit, regardless of the other digits of the number.



   In the example given, the stage of any tens digit is the complement of this digit with respect to 11, for example the numbers having 7 as the tens digit xx are found on the fourth stage of the final selector. The function-

  <Desc / Clms Page number 11>

   The general rule of the switch consists in sending back to the recorder pulses the number of which is the complement with respect to 11 of the value of the digit in question recorded, after which the control circuit is opened and the movement of the switch is stopped.

   Consequently, in the case where the tens digit is 7, seven pulses are transmitted by the subscriber and recorded in the recorder, the trigger axis of the final selector must emit four pulses before the control circuit is opened and to do this he will carry out four advances and choose the fourth stage of contacts in which there are numbers having 7 as a number of tens.



   In the case of the units digit, the same reasoning applies to the example given, in which the brushes move from left to right on the units digits 0, 9, 8, ..... 2, 1 , successively. The numbers of the even hundreds are represented on the left side and in this case the reversive pulses are the same as for the tens digit) for numbers located in the odd hundreds on the contrary, the brushes must in each case carry out ten additional advancements and for that they can do so, arrangements are made in the recorder so that ten more reversing pulses must be returned before the control circuit is opened.



   The number of reversing pulses required for each digit is given in the following table; (page 12)

  <Desc / Clms Page number 12>

 
 EMI12.1
 Number of pulses returned by the oommute, t '? 1..i.r.



  ¯¯¯¯w¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯., ¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯..¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯..¯..¯ ¯¯, ¯
 EMI12.2
 -------------------------------------------------- ------------------ 1Number closed at its oond third selector o; 1drm se18ût?> Ur ìf-] P (: "i, Pl1.l 'final .¯¯¯ ..¯¯¯¯¯¯¯..¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯..¯..¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯..¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯. .¯, .¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯
 EMI12.3
 
 <tb>
 <tb> digit <SEP> of <SEP> digit <SEP> of <SEP> digit <SEP> of <SEP> digit <SEP> digit
 <tb> 10,000 <SEP> 1.000 <SEP> 100 <SEP> of <SEP> of
 <tb>
 
 EMI12.4
 di zt inas 1mit 6s - - - - - - - - - .. - -... - -¯ '! ... - - - ¯¯1¯- - - - ¯ ... J¯- - --- ¯1¯¯¯¯¯- - ----- - - --- ----
 EMI12.5
 
 <tb>
 <tb> digit
 <tb> of <SEP> 'rice'
 <tb>
 
 EMI12.6
 cipherO.000 cipher claif, cipher ohiff
 EMI12.7
 
 <tb>
 <tb> of <SEP> odd <SEP> of <SEP> of <SEP> of <SEP>:

    <SEP> of
 <tb> 10,000 <SEP> or <SEP> se- <SEP> 1000 <SEP> 1000 <SEP> 100 <SEP> 100
 <tb> even. <SEP> cond <SEP> even. <SEP> odd <SEP> even. <SEP> odd
 <tb> select.
 <tb>
 
 EMI12.8
 c1.'entry
 EMI12.9
 
 <tb>
 <tb>
 <tb>
 
 EMI12.10
 1 9 10 9 Io 9 10 Io 20
 EMI12.11
 
 <tb>
 <tb> 2 <SEP> 7 <SEP> 8 <SEP> 7 <SEP> 8 <SEP> 7 <SEP> 9 <SEP> 9 <SEP> 19
 <tb> 3 <SEP> 7 <SEP> 8 <SEP> 7 <SEP> 8 <SEP> 7 <SEP> 8 <SEP> 8 <SEP> 18
 <tb> 4 <SEP> 5 <SEP> 6 <SEP> 5 <SEP> b <SEP> 7 <SEP> 7 <SEP> 17
 <tb> b <SEP> 5 <SEP> 6 <SEP> 5 <SEP> 5 <SEP> 6 <SEP> 6 <SEP> 16
 <tb> 6 <SEP> 3 <SEP> 4 <SEP> 3 <SEP> 4 <SEP> 3 <SEP> 5 <SEP> 5 <SEP> 15
 <tb> 3 <SEP> 4 <SEP> 3 <SEP> 4 <SEP> 3 <SEP> 4 <SEP> 4 <SEP> 14
 <tb> 8 <SEP> I <SEP> 2 <SEP> I <SEP> 2 <SEP> I <SEP> 3 <SEP> 3 <SEP> 13
 <tb> 9 <SEP> I <SEP> 2 <SEP> I <SEP> 2 <SEP> I <SEP> 2 <SEP> 2 <SEP> 12
 <tb> 0 <SEP> 9 <SEP> 10 <SEP> 9 <SEP> 10 <SEP> 9 <SEP>

  I <SEP> I <SEP> II
 <tb>
 
 EMI12.12
 , ----.- ----------.--, ---- ---------------- -t ---- ¯.
 EMI12.13
 



  The J.ispositjei1 for the ooR.'utrt'urs scleotours is thatSJ / P1G little diff & re11te seen yl.'¯ lp ::: CLV = L: 'ï1t do hunting is carried out on 20 contacts so bare all 00Üè' 1. .1t '-. T. "Ur given selector psut> see CC30S, from its fixed contacts, to,' 11JX c.ii; ts OOJ / 1: - :. U.t8tp.urs, and in this regard it will be more COill. I0i? 9 Focus on the pr8i first <1st selector. If the s; stèr: 1e ast equipped for 100,000 li: J: l1;) G, each of these ooinnutatsurs could: Vçi't ^? VClv - '' 9 to does subscribers whose numbers range from 00,000 to 99,999, d-3S étz.t ,, ss i ::: p, = irs relieve in first selectors being equipped..In the example la110nt dAs praraiers é1e being 'equipped., In example given the calling subscriber to get 011 o nn2xion with the a-

  <Desc / Clms Page number 13>

 . Subscriber No 26.248, connected to the seventh floor which has access to subscribers 20,000 - 39,999.

   In the case of local calls, this group of subscribers is divided into ten groups, one for each floor :, but can be considered to be divided into five groups depending on the number of miles, namely; 0000-I999, stages 10 and 9 2000- 3999 stages 8 and 7, 4000-5999, stages 6 and 5, 6000-7999, stages 4 and 3, 8000-9999, stages 2 and I and these groups are then each divided into two sub-groups depending on whether the tens of miles digit is odd or even) for example the group 26,000- 27,999 is assigned to the even floor (4) and the group 36,000-37,999 is assigned to the odd floor (3) .

   In general, the number preceding the one by which the selector is called determines, if it is even, that its subgroup will be assigned to the even stage, and if it is odd, it determines that its subgroup will be assigned. on the odd floor.



   In the example shown, however, the dial formation of 2 comma first digit determines communication between offices} the junction lines between offices then terminate at a second input selector such as R2 in which only the odd floors are equipped. , the reversing pulses from this selector then do not follow the above rule, but as the 10,000 even numbers have been placed in odd stages, the reversing pulses match those given in the table for an odd tens of miles digit.



   The formation, on the dial, of the second digit (6) then selects the third stage of the switch R2.



   The dial formation of the third digit (2) is necessary to make the choice of the eighth stage of the switch R3 whereas if the number of miles had been odd, the dial formation of the third digit (2) would require the choice of the seventh floor. It results from the examination of figure 6 that if the digit of the miles is odd, the digits of the miles 0 and I require the choice of the 9th stage, the digits 2 and 3 of the seventh stage, the digits 4 and 5 of the fifth stage . numbers

  <Desc / Clms Page number 14>

 6 and 7 of the third stage and digits 8 and 9 of the first stage, the number of reversing pulses being numerically equal to the stage chooses if the thousand digit is even, an additional reversive pulse is needed in each case.



   It should be noted that in the case of the selector R3, the sum of the number of pulses produced by the calling subscriber and the number produced by the switch can be 9, 10 or else Il and it will be shown below how these numbers are processed.



  If the miles digit is even and the hundreds digit is even, the sum is ten) if the miles digit is odd and the hundreds digit is odd the sum is also ten, if the aisle is odd and if the hundreds digit is even, the sum is 9, and if the miles digit is even and the hundreds digit is odd, the sum is 11.



   A description will now be given of the detailed operation of the system for establishing a call between a subscriber of station A belonging to the jerky advancement office and a subscriber of station B which belongs to the reversing control office and whose number will be assumed to be 26,248. Subscriber A begins the call by lifting his receiver off the hook switch, which closes a loop between line conductors III and 112, and completes a circuit as follows for line relay ICI of line switch U of type diver; earth, contact 128, conductor III, the subscriber's device at set A, conductor 112, contact 127, relay 101, to the battery.



  The relay 101 operates at contact 122 it completes a circuit as follows; earth, contact 122, the top winding of the plunger 102, the open main conductor 610, the contact 608, to the battery. When the top or pull winding of the plunger magnet gets energized, it attracts its bridge interrupt armature 131, which disconnects the line relay from the line this relay however is slow to release and maintains the circuit of the attraction winding closed at contact 122 for a short time.

   After operation

  <Desc / Clms Page number 15>

 of the quick-acting bridge interrupt armature, the pull winding more slowly draws the plunger arm 130 to connect together the pairs of stationary contact springs in front of which it is aligned when the call is taken. has started, for example the pairs of fixed contact springs 123, 124, 125 and 624. The connection is thus established with a free junction line such as that comprising the conductors 153 154 and 155 connected to the jerky feed selector S1.



   By closing the fixed oontaots springs 123 and 126, the line conductors III and 112 are connected respectively to the conductors 155 and 153, and by closing the fixed contact springs 124, the normal private conductor 129 extending towards the contacts fixed connector switches is connected to the conductor 154 of the first Sl eleoteur.



   Line relay 103 then operates in the next circuit; the battery, the top winding of the relay 103, the contact 144, the conductor 153, the fixed contact springs 123, the subscriber's block, the fixed contact springs 125, the conductor I55, the contact 151, the winding bottom of relay 103 to earth. Relay 103 operates and at contact 133 it closes a circuit as follows for release relay 104: earth, contact 149, contact 133, relay 104 to the battery. The relay 104 energizes and places the earth on the release jonotion conductor Ib4 at the location of the contact 135, this earth is used to keep the magnet 102 actuated by means of its lower winding or bridge interruption after the IOI relay drops out.

   Relay 104 also closes contact 136 to prepare a circuit for relay 105 and vertical magnet 108 in series.



   By closing the fixed contact springs 624, the earth is placed on the conductor 611 which is connected to the contact 623 of the fixed contacts of the main switch, on which the wiper 604 rested and which corresponds to the tenth junction line accessible to the main switch1 M. A circuit is

  <Desc / Clms Page number 16>

 Thus closed for the latch magnet 602 which then operates to remove the latch lever 615 and to close the contact 607. At contact 607 a circuit is closed for the open main relay 603 which operated and removes, on the contrary. - tact 608, the main driver's battery open 610.

   Removal of the battery from the conductor 610 prevents the operation, at this time of any of the line switches controlled by the main switch M. By the operation of the locking lever 615, the roller 617 is removed. the notch of the sector 614 in which it rests, which allows the sector 614 to rotate with the guide shaft 619 which controls the free plungers, under the control of the U-shaped spring 618 and the regulator 616 The plungers of the associated free line switches are thus brought in front of the next series of contacts, the wiper 604 also being brought at the same time to the next contact 620 of the fixed contacts of the main switch.

   If earth is encountered at contact 620, the circuit of locking magnet 602 remains closed and rotation of guide shaft 619 continues. When the wiper 604 reaches a non-grounded contact, the circuit of the magnet 602 is opened, the locking lever 615 is released and
7 the roller 61 'immediately falls into a notch in the sector, and the free plungers are kept in alignment opposite the free junction line corresponding to the contact chosen by the wiper 604. The circuit of the open main relay 603 is open at the contact 607 and the battery is reconnected to the main conductor 610, and any of the associated free line switches can then be actuated to take possession of the chosen trunk line.



   If the free plungers have been aligned in front of the contacts corresponding to the first junction line., The wiper 604 rests on the contact 621 of the fixed contacts of the main switch and the finger 612 is in contact with the spring 624, but contact 609 is not closed, If this line

  <Desc / Clms Page number 17>

 junction is then taken into service, the magnet 602 operates as previously and allows the spring 618 to rotate the guide shaft further, by an amount sufficient to allow the finger 612 to close the contact 609 and thus complete one circuit for relay 601.

   Relay 601 then operates and closes contacts 60b and 606, spring 622 is gripped by the latch provided on spring 624 and contacts 605 and 606 are kept closed, contact 60b closes a retention circuit as follows for the trip 601: earth, contact 605, contact 609, relay 601, to the battery. At contact 606, a circuit is closed for the solenoid magnet 600 which is then energized and attracts its plunger, and by means of the arm 623, rotates the guide shaft until it is aligned opposite. da the first junction line and that the wiper 604 rests on the contact 623 again.

   During the return movement were the free divers disengaged as the guide shaft last passed through the position in which they were taken in service? they are brought together and aligned opposite the series of contacts corresponding to the tenth junction line. The relay 602 is kept actuated during the return movement of the sector 614, by the earth connected by means of the contact 605, and in turn it keeps the open main relay 603 on contact 607.

   When the plungers have been brought into alignment opposite the series of contacts corresponding to the tenth junction line, the finger 613 contacts the spring 624 to open the contact 609 and unlock the spring 622, the circuit of the relay 601 is thus open and this relay goes off and opens contacts 605 and 606.



  The latch magnet 602, and the open main relay 603 then return to normal and the line switches controlled by the main switch M are again ready to be operated by calling subscribers.



   The subscriber then activates his pulse transmitter to send a number of pulses corresponding to the first digit

  <Desc / Clms Page number 18>

 , (2) of the desired subscriber number) relay 103 drops off at each interruption of the loop circuit and closes a circuit as follows; earth, contact 149, contact 134, contact 136, the winding of the relay 105, the winding of the vertical magnet 108 towards the battery. The vertical magnet 108 works to lift the wipers 156, Ib7 and 158 up to the race of the fifth stage of fixed contacta, the relay 105 works during the first impulse to close the contact 139 and as it is slow to release, it keeps this contact closed for the remainder of the pulse series.

   During the first advance of the vertical magnet, the out of normal contacts 138 and 148 are closed, the contact 138 prepares the circuit for the release magnet 109 and the contact 148 closes a circuit for the relay 106 as follows; ground, contact 135, contact 139, out of normal contact 148, switch contact 143, coil of relay 106 to the battery. Relay 106 operates and at contact I4I it short-circuits relay 107 by connecting earth to the lower terminal of its winding, at contact 142 a circuit is prepared for rotating magnet 110, and at the end of the series pulses, when the relay 105 drops out to close the contact 140, this circuit is completed as follows; earth, contact 135, contact 140, contact 142, the winding of the magnet 110, to the battery.



   The rotary magnet IIO operates and opens its switch contact 143, which opens the circuit of the relay 106 which is unhooked and on contact 142 opens the circuit of the rotary magnet, which is then released and advances the wipers 156, 157 and 158 up to the first series of contacts in the chosen stage. If the first set of contacts are connected to a busy trunk line, the wiper 157 meets earth and the relay 106 operates in the next circuit; earth, wiper 157, contact 146, out of normal contact 148, switch contact 143, winding of relay 106 to the battery) when relay-106 operates, it forms the circuit again

  <Desc / Clms Page number 19>

 of the rotating magnet on contact 142.

   The rotating magnet then operates to open the relay circuit 106 and then releases to advance the wipers 156, 157, and 158 to the next set of contacts as previously described.



  The combined action of relay 106 and magnet 110 continues in this manner until slider 157 encounters an ungrounded contact, then the short is removed from relay 107 and this relay operates. in series with relay 106 in a circuit extending oo me follows; earth, contact 135, relay 107, out of normal contact 148, contact 143, coil of relay 106, to the battery. Due to its relatively low resistance, however, relay 106 does not operate in this circuit. Relay 107 opens contacts 144 and 151, which disconnects line relay 103 and, at contact 149, holds open a point in the circuit of release magnet 109. Relay 103 releases and opens the circuit. relay 104 which also goes off after a short interval.

   Relay 107 also opens contact 146 and the relay is.



    106 / thus disconnected from the test wiper 157, and at contact 147, the release connection conductor 114 of the line put into service is connected to that of the selector Sl, the earth is met back, coming from the following switch, before the relay 104 releases, so as to keep the relay 107 activated. At contacts 145 and 150, the subscriber loop is extended forward to the junction line taken in service, which will be assumed to be the one comprising conductors 113, II4 and 115 and terminating at repeater D shown at figure 2.



  Line relay 162 of repeater D operates in the following circuit; battery, top winding of relay 162, contact 173, conductor 113, wiper 156, contact 145, subscriber loop, contact 150, wiper 158, conductor 115, contact 175 , the lower winding of relay 162, towards the earth at contact 178,. it closes a circuit for relay 163 which operates and closes contacts 180,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 20>

 181 and 182.

   At contact I80, earth is returned to the previous switches by means of the release junction conductor 114 to keep the relay 107 and the magnet bridge interrupt winding 102 energized, at contact 181 the pulse conductor 199 by means of which the series of pulses formed at the dial by the calling subscriber are to be sent to the recorder 1ast connected to contact 179, and at the location of contact 182 a circuit is completed for the attraction winding of plunger magnet 204 of the plunger type line switch E, Fig. 3, as follows;

   earth, contact 180, low resistance top winding of relay 165, contact 182, contact 187, contact 196, conductor I7I, magnet attraction winding 204, contact 152, the main conductor open, contact 126, to the battery.



  Insufficient current flowing through the low-resistance upper winding of relay 165 is to cause its operation. The magnet 204 immediately attracts its bridge interrupting armature and the circuit of the magnet 204 then extends from the conductor I7I through the attraction winding of the magnet 204, the contact 200, the winding of the magnet. interruption of the bridge from magnet 204 to the battery. The magnet 204 is kept actuated by this circuit independently of the potential applied to the open main conductor.

   The magnet 204 then attracts its plunger arm and closes the corresponding pairs of fixed contact springs in front of which it is in alignment, for example the pairs of fixed contact springs 250, 251, 252 and 253, the conductors 170, I7I , 172 and 199 are thus extended to a free recorder which will be assumed to be the recorder shown in Figures 3, 4 and 5.

   The remainder of the plunger type line switch circuit is similar to that shown in Figure 1 and contained the main switch slider 254 and its associated fixed contacts, the open main relay 203, the latch magnet 202 which releases the guide shaft to allow free divers

  <Desc / Clms Page number 21>

 to be placed in front of the next free jonotion line, and the trip relay 201 which is actuated when the plungers are moved beyond the first series of contacts and which, when actuated, closes a circuit for the solenoid magnet, which aligns the free plungers opposite the tenth set of contacts.

   The earth on conductor 171 extends into the logger controller by means of fixed contact springs 2b2 and causes relay 209 to operate. When relay 209 has operated, it closes contact 282 by means of which certain relays are then locked in the energized state as will be described below. At contact 281, conductor 231 is connected to a time pulse conductor, that is to say a conductor to which the earth is momentarily connected at regular periods, for example 30 seconds.



   The subscriber then activates his pulse transmitter to launch a number of pulses (6) corresponding to the second digit of the number of the desired subscriber. Each time the subscriber loop is interrupted, relay 162 drops out and, at contact 179, launches a pulse towards the recorder by means of the following circuit: earth, contact 179, contact 181, conductor 199, springs of fixed contacts 252, the contact 260, the winding of the relay 218 to the battery. Relay 218 operates on the first pulse and at contact 273 it closes a circuit for relay 219. Relay 219 operates and is kept energized during the series of pulses, due to being slow to release.

   Relay 219 in turn closes a circuit to contact 276 for relay 220 which also remains energized during the series of pulses and connects earth, at contact 279, to conductor 235 to control operation of the control relays. 'input 401, 402, 403 and 404, the circuit then extending through contacts 442, 436, 427 and 417 to the upper coil of relay 401, which operates partially to close contact 419

  <Desc / Clms Page number 22>

 'only, which connects its lower winding to earth by means of conductor 232 and contact 282. Cat winding is however short-circuited as long as the earth is connected to its upper terminal by means of the conductor 235.



   At contact 272, relay 218 connects earth to conductor 234, and a pulse circuit to the series of meter relays is closed, which circuit now extends to the first relay of the first series of meter relays. , that is, the series for the thousands digit, as follows: the battery, the top winding of the relay 211, the contact
288, contact 293, contact 298, contact 303, contact
310, conductor 242, contact 421, contact 431, contact 440, contact 444, conductor 234 to pulse contact 272. Relay 211 operates partially to close contact 290 only.



   We will now consider the complete operation of the thousands recorder, comprising the chain of counter relays 211-215 inclusive. On the first impulse, relay 211 operates partially to close the contact
290 only, which short-circuits its lower winding and at the end of the pulse the short-circuit is removed from its lower winding and the relay operates fully by means of the following circuit; the battery, the upper and lower windings of the relay 211 in series, the contact 290, the contact 315, the contact 297, the contact 309, the contact 301, the contact 307, the contact 314, the retaining conductor 244, contact 367, conductor 240, contact 450, conductor 232, contact 282, to earth.

   Relay 211 then closes contact 289 and pulse conductor 242 is extended to the upper coil of relay 212.



   On the second pulse, a circuit is closed for the upper winding of relay 212 which operates partially to close contact 296 only. Alla end of the impul-

  <Desc / Clms Page number 23>

 sion, the relay 212 operates fully and closed retort follows a latch circuit for itself: the battery, the upper and lower windings of the relay 212 in series, the contact 296, the contact 309, the contact 301, the contact 307, the contact 314, the retaining conductor 244 and from there to the earth by the circuit described previously. While operating, relay 212 opens the latch circuit of relay 211 at contact 297, so that relay 211 de-energizes and closes contact 294, the pulse conductor is extended to the upper coil of relay 213.



   During the third pulse, relay 213 operates partially to close contact 300 only and at the end of the third pulse it operates fully in the following circuit: the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 213 in series with contact 300, contact 307, contact 314, retaining conductor 244, to earth. While operating, relay 213 opens contact 301, which opens the latch circuit of relay 212 which de-energizes it and also connects the pulse conductor to the upper coil of relay 214, at the location of contact 299.



   On the fourth pulse, relay 214 operates partially to close contact 305 only and at the end of the pulse, it fully operates in the following circuit: the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 214 in series, the contact 30b, contact 314, retainer 244 to earth. At contact 307, relay 214 opens the latch circuit of relay 213 which de-energizes and, at contact 304, connects the pulse conductor to the upper coil of relay 215.



   On the fifth pulse, relay 215 operates partially to close contact 312 only, and at the end of the pulse it operates fully and locks itself on conductor 244. At contact 314, relay 215 opens the locking circuit. relay 24 which de-energizes,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 24>

 and at contact 3II it connects the pulse conductor to the upper winding of relay 2II. Relay 215 also closes contact 313 to provide a direct latching circuit for relay 2II when that relay is actuated again.



   On the sixth pulse, relay 211 operates partially to close contact 290 only and at the end of the pulse it operates fully and remains locked to conductor 244, relay 2II also closes contact 289 and connects conductor to pulses to the upper winding of relay 212.



   On the seventh pulse, relay 212 operates partially to close contact 296 only and at the end of the pulse it operates fully by means of a circuit extending as follows; The battery., The upper and lower windings of relay 212 in series, contact 296, contact 309, contact 301, contact 307, contact 291, at contact 294, relay 212 extends the pulse conductor to the upper coil of the relay 213.



   During the eighth pulse, relay 213 operates partially to close contact 300 only and at the end of the pulse it operates fully in the following circuit: the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 213 in series, contact 300 , the contact 307, the contact 291, the retaining conductor 244, towards the terra. The relay 213 opens the contact 301, which opens the latch circuit of the relay 212 which de-energizes it, and it closes the contact 299 which extends the pulse conductor to the upper winding of the relay 214.



   During the ninth pulse, the rail 214 operated partially to close the contact 305 only and at the end of the pulse it operates fully by means of a circuit extending as follows; the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 214 in series, contact 05, contact 291, retaining conductor 244, vars earth. ; At contact 307. the

  <Desc / Clms Page number 25>

 . relay 214 opens the latch circuit of relay 213 which de-energizes and at contact 298 it connects the pulse conductor to the upper coil of relay 212.



   During the tenth pulse, relay 212 operates partially to close contact 296 only and at the end of the pulse it operates fully by means of a circuit which extends as follows; the battery, the upper and lower windings of the relay 212 in series, the contact 296, the contact 308, the retaining conductor 244 to earth. Relay 212 closed contact 294 and extends the pulse conductor to the top coil of relay 213 preparing it for the eleventh pulse; the latter sara sated coming from the switch controlled by this recorder, but it will now be deorit in order to complete the description of the operation of the recorder.



   During the eleventh pulse, relay 213 operates partially to close contact 300 only and at the end of the pulse, it operates fully by means of the following circuit; the battery :, 19s upper and lower windings of the relay 213 eh series, the contact 300, the contact 295, the contact 306, the contact 291, the retaining conductor 244, towards the terra. The operation of the counter relays is shown schematically in figure 11 which shows the relays which are locked in the actuated position at the end of each pulse, In the example described the second digit is six and consequently at the end of the sixth pulse , the relays 211 and 215 are locked in the actuated position.



   Shortly after the end of the series of pulses, relay 219 releases and contacts 275, 277 and 278 are formed. At oontaot 276, relay 219 opens the circuit of relay 220 which, after a short interval, also releases and opens oontacts 279 and 280. When relay 220 opens contact 279, earth is removed from conductor 235 and the relay 401, which operates partially at the beginning of the series of pulses

  <Desc / Clms Page number 26>

 works completely in the following circuit; the battery, the upper and lower windings of the relay 401 in series, the contact 419, the conductor 232, the contact 282, vars the earth.



  At contact 418, relay 401 transfers 19 conductor 235 to the upper coil of relay 402, in preparation for the next series of pulses.



   The junction line comprising conductors 168 and 169 and terminating at the reversibly controlled desk in a second input selector such as selector R2 shown in Fig. 6, has been taken into service by operation of selector S1.



  When the recorder controller was taken into service by line switch E, the trunk line was extended to the recorder controller by means of fixed contacts 250 and 251, but remained inactive until the thousands have been recorded and relay 401 has operated to close contact 416.

   The relay 401 completes, a circuit extending as follows vars the second input selector R2 (figure 6): the terra, the contacts M3 and M2 in position 1 of the succession switch SS2., The delay winding 502, the high resistance upper winding of relay 503, in series with its low resistance lower winding, contacts J3 and J2, in position 1, of the succession switch SS2, conductor 169, contact 198 .

   conductor 170, fixed contact springs 251, contact 265, conductor 222, contact 485, conductor 223, contact 263, conductor 227, contact 416, conductor 225, relay winding 206, the fixed contact springs 250, the conductor 172, the contact I90, the conductor 168, the contacts M1 and M2, in position 1, of the succession switch SS2, the relay 505, towards the battery.



   Relay 503 of selector R2 operated alone in this baked air, relays 505 and 206 being relatively low resistance, not operating, relay 503 'closes contact 517 which completes a circuit as follows; the terra, contact 517, contacts C1 and C2, in position 1 of the succession switch SS2,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 27>

 the winding of the magnet 510 vars the battery. The magnet 510 is energized and the succession switch SS2 advances to position 2,
When the succession switch leaves position 1, the relay circuit 503 is open at contacts M2 and M3, and relay 503 de-energizes.

   When the succession switch reaches position 2, the fundamental circuit is closed as follows; earth, contacts L2 and L1 in position2 of the succession switch SS2, conductor 168, contact 190, conductor 172 ;, the fixed oontaots springs 250, relay 206, conductor 225, contact 416, conductor 227, contact 263, conductor 223, contact 48b ;, conductor 222, contact 265, fixed contact springs 251, conductor 170, contact 198, conductor 169, contacts J2 and Jl in position 2 of the SS2 succession switch, the winding of relay 505, towards the battery.

   Relays 206 and 505 operate in this circuit and at contact 519 a circuit is completed as follows for magnet 508: the battery, the winding of the magnet 508 contacts G1 and G2 in position 2 of the suoces sion switch SS2, contact 519, to earth. Magnet 508 energizes and causes the trigger shaft to rotate, and this causes switch 513 to close out of normal contact 525 and contact 524 intermittently to initiate backward pulses to the controller recorder.



   Returning now to the operation of relay 206 in the recorder controller, when this function relay does a circuit is completed as follows; ground, contact 257, conductor 224, contact 460, contact 454, contact 446, conductor 242 wers the thousands logger including relays 211-215 inclusive.

   It will be recalled that these relays operated under the effect of six pulses formed on the dial by the calling subscriber so that the relays 211 and 215 were left energized} a circuit is therefore complete for the upper coil of the dial. relay 212 as follows; earth on the oon-

  <Desc / Clms Page number 28>

   ductaur 242, contact 311, contact 298, contact 293p contact 289, the upper winding of rail 212 towards the battaria. The rail 212 partially operated to close contact 296 only, which shorted its bottom winding.



   If we now refer to FIG. 6, we see that the contact 524 is closed on each advancement of the triggering axis and that the terra is connected intermittently in the following circuit; earth, contact 525, contact 524, contacts H1 and H3 in position 2 of the succession switch traced SS2, conductor 169 and from there by the circuit / previously by conductors 222 and 225 vars the lower terminal of rail 206 , the râlais 206 is put in oourt-oirouit by Intermittences and the relay 505 is maintained axoité. Relay 206 is therefore released on each advance made by the trip axis.

   At the end of the first pulse, relay 212 operates fully up and operation of the thousands recorder continued as previously described until relays 211, 214 and 215 are actuated, after which a circuit is complete as follows; the battery the winding of the relay 208, the oonduotaur 229, the contact 451, the lower winding of the relay 405, the contact 423, the contact 422, the conductor 239, the contact 283, the contact 287, the contact 302 , contact 316, conductor 240 ;, contact 450, conductor 232 ;, contact 282 vars earth.



  Relay 208 functions and opens the fundamental circuit at contact 263. Referring to the impulse table, we see that as the hundreds figure formed on the dial subtracted 6, three reversive impulses must be sent back by selector R2 to qua the correct row of fixed contacts can be chosen and relay 206 must therefore be released three times before rotation of the trip shaft is stopped. It can be seen in FIG. 11 that after six pulses have been recorded under the action of the calling subscriber and three others have been recorded by the operation of selector R2, the relays

  <Desc / Clms Page number 29>

 211, 214, at 215 are actuated, which is the condition required for the operation of relay 207 and the resulting opening of the fundamental circuit.



   After the fundamental circuit has been opened by the operation of the rail 208, the relay 206 remains de-energized and the relay 595 of the selector R2 is released ;, and at contact b20 a circuit is completed as follows; earth, contact 520, contacts B1, B2 in position 2 of the succession switch SS2, the winding of magnet 510, vars the battery. Magnet 510 energizes and SS2 succession switch advances to position 3.

   In this position, the relay 505 is actuated in the following cir- cuit: the battery, the winding of the relay 505, the contacts H1 and H2 in position 3 of the succession switch SS2, the contact out of normal 525, to the battery, and it opens contact 520 to allow the succession switch SS2 to stop in position 3, In position 3 of the succession switch SS2, a circuit is closed for the caregiver of the trolley to broom 509, as follows; the battery, the winding of the magnet 509, the contacts D3 and D2 in position 3 of the succession switch SS2, the contact 523, towards the earth.

   The brush trolley is thus set in motion and the series of brushes corresponding to the chosen stage is released and moves on the associated fixed oontaots, the brushes continue to rotate until a jonotion line leading to a third free selector is encountered .., for example that comprising las conductors 528, 531 and 534 and leading to the selector R3.



   When this occurs, a circuit is completed as follows: earth, high resistance lower winding of relay 506, contacts F3 and F2, in position 3 of succession switch SS2, brush 532, fixed contact 533, the conductor 534, the contacts L4 and L3 in position 1 of the suocession switch SS3, the contacts K2 and K3 in position 1 of the succession switch SS3, the winding of the relay 702, towards the battery.



  Relay 702 works in this cirouit and closes contaot 711

  <Desc / Clms Page number 30>

 to make it independent of contacts L4 and L3. Relay 506 also operated and closed contact 521, which completes a circuit as follows for relay 507: earth, low resistance 507 relay winding, 521 contact, low resistance 506 top winding , the wiper 532, the fixed contact 533, the conductor 534, the contact 7II, the contacts K2 and K3 in position 1 of the succession switch SS3, the winding of the relay 702, towards the battery. The relay 507 is however put in oourt-ouit by the earth connected to the brush 513 by means of a tooth of the rack 512 if the brushes are not suitably aligned with respect to the fixed contacts chosen.



  When the brushes are properly aligned, the short circuit is removed and relay 507 operates, Relay 507 operates and opens the circuit of the brush carriage magnet 509, at the location of contact 523, and at the location of contact 502 ;, he completed a circuit as follows for the retaining magnet 511. the earth, contact 522, contacts 03 and U2 in position 3 of the succession switch SS2, contacts E3 and E2 in position 3 of the switch of succession SS2, the winding of the magnet 511 vars the battery) the magnet 511 is excited and brought the brush carriage to rest.

   A parallel circuit is also closed by the contacts C3 and C2 for the magnet 510, the magnet 510 is energized and the succession switch SS2 left position 3, It should be noted that from the moment when the succession switch SS2 goes to position 3; the conductors 168, 169 are bridged by the delay winding 502 3t the relay 503 in the next circuit; the conductor 168, the contacts N1 and N2 in positions 3 to 5 1/2 of the succession switch SS2, the delay winding 502, the upper winding with high resistance * and the lower winding with low resistance of the relay 503 in series, contacts J2 and J3, in position 3 to 51/2 of the SS2 succession switch to conductor 169.



   If we return to the operation of relay 208, we notice that immediately after contact 263 has been opened the

  <Desc / Clms Page number 31>

 the SS3 succession switch moved to position 3 and therefore delay 502 and relay 503 were immediately bridged between conductors 169 and 168, so that a circuit was completed as follows for the relay 205:

   the earth, the coil of the relay 205, the contact 258, the springs of fixed contacts 250, the conductor 172, the contact 190, the con duotor 168, the contacts N1 and N2 in position 3 of the succession switch SS2, the delay winding 502, the upper and lower windings of relay 503 in series, the contacts
J3 and J2 in position 3 of the SS2 succession switch, the conductor 169, the contact 198, the conductor 170, the fixed contact springs 251 ;, the contact 265 ;, the conductor 222, the contact 485 ;, the conductor 223, contact 262, resistor 255, to the battery.

   Relay 205 energizes in this circuit with sufficient rapidity to keep relay 208 actuated by contacts 256 and 264 before the initial relay 208 energizing circuit has been opened by energizing relay 405.



   It will be recalled that relay 405 has been energized by its lower winding in circuit with relay 208, but in this circuit, relay 405 only partially energizes and closes contact 448, which completes a circuit for its upper winding. by means of the conductor 232, of the contact 282, towards the earth, the relay being thus brought to operate completely, By operating completely, the relay 405 disconnects the earth of the retaining conductor 244 at the contact 450 and the relays 2II, 214 and 215 de-energize .



   As the energization of relay 205 occurs rapidly and relay 405 is arranged to be slow to produce its pull, relay 405 does not open contact 451 in the initial output of energization of relay 208 until the contact 256 of relay 205 is not closed. When relay 405 has fully operated, a second latch circuit for relay 208, is closed as follows: The battery, the coil of relay 208, is closed as follows: The battery, the coil of relay 208, the contact 264; the conductor 230, the contaot 432, the contact

  <Desc / Clms Page number 32>

 449, conductor 232., contact 282, towards earth.

   This latch circuit is only effective if the circuit of relay 205 is opened as a result of a free selector such as R3 being found before relay 402 energized due to receipt of the three sets of pulses. . This serves to cause the selector R3 to start to initiate reverse pulses backward until the series of pulses from the calling subscriber which are to control its operation have been recorded.



   The circuit previously deorit for the magnet 510 is maintained by means of the contacts 02 and 03 of the succession switch SS2 until the succession switch leaves position 5, the magnet 510 is then kept energized by means of the contacts Al and A2 of the succession switch SS2 until position 6 is reached and in this position the succession switch stops.

   In this position, the conversion conductors 168 and 169 are extended to the selector R3 ,, the conductor 168 being connected to the conductor b28 by the contacts 01 and 02 in the position 6 of the succession switch SS2, the brush 526, the fixed contact 527, while the conductor 169 is connected to the conductor 531 by the contacts K3 and K2 in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, the brush b29, the fixed contact 530, at the same time the bridge enclosing the delay 502 and relay 503 is open.

   The recorder controller relay 205 is now short-circuited to the earth connected to its upper terminal by means of the following circuit; earth, contacts M1 and M2 in position 1 of the succession switch SS3, the conductor 528 the fixed contact 527, the brush 526, contacts 02 and 01 in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, the conductor 168, the oon tact 190, conductor 172, fixed contact springs 250, contact 258, to the upper terminal of relay 205, This relay therefore de-energizes and opens contact 256, which opens one of the latch circuits of relay 208 .



   Relay 208 is however kept actuated until the third series of pulses has been received by the recorder.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 33>

 .treur des centainas, The third series of pulses corresponding to the digits of the hundreds, the transmission of which can take place at the same time as the operation described above of the selector R2 takes place, is repeated in the same way as the thousand pulse series, namely through contact 179 of line relay 162 and contact 272 of rail 218. The pulse circuit through conductor 234 now extends as follows; earth, contact 272, conductor 234, contact 444, switch 440, contact 431, contact 420, conductor 3b2 to relays 321-325 inclusive.

   The retainer conductor for these relays is conductor 353 which extends to ground through the following circuit: conductor 353, contact 491, switch 458, conductor 232, conductor 282, to earth.



    The relays are arranged analogously to the relays 211-215 inclusive, and the circuit description given in connection with the operation of the relays 211-215 inclusive may apply here with necessary modifications.



   Since the third series includes two pulses, relay 322 is kept energized at the end of the series of pulses.



  The interlock circuit for this series of relays can be followed as follows to earth: conductor 353, contact 491, contact 458, conductor 232, contact 282 to earth. If, therefore, before the certain number has been registered, the relay 413 is energized (which occurs as a result of the subscriber delaying the operation of the dial for an excessively long time) it becomes impossible for - given to register 10 digits of the hundreds.



   At the start of the series of pulses, when relay 220 is operating, a circuit is completed as follows; earth, contact 279, conductor 235, contact 442, contact 436, contact 427, contact 418, the top winding of relay 402, to the battery. Relay 402 operates partially to form contact 429 only, and at the end of the series of pulses, when relay 220 is released,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 34>

 relay 402 operates completely in the following circuit: battery, upper and lower windings of relay 402 in series, contact 429, conductor 232, contact 282 to ground.

   In operation, relay 402 extends pulse conductor 234, at contact 430, to conductor 358 which is connected to the tens recorder comprising relays 331-335 inclusive, and also extends conductor 235 to relay 403 to contact 428. Relay 402 simultaneously closes contact 434 so as to make the retaining circuit of relays 321-325 independent of contact 491. It will be recalled that the relay 208 had a latch circuit extending as follows; the battery, the coil of the relay 208,, the contact 264, the conductor 230, the contact 432, the contact 449, the conductor 232, the contact 282, ve s earth.

   When relay 402 has operated, the latch circuit of relay 208 is opened at contact 432 and release is released provided the latch circuit passing through contact 256 has been lifted by releasing relay 205, which occurs, as it was described previously, when a free trunk line was found by the selector R2.



   When two conditions, namely the reception of the hundreds digit and the discovery of a free junction line by the selector R2 are satisfied, the relay 208 is released which again closes the fundamental circuit which IF now extends as follows:

   earth, the contects MI and M2 in position I of the succession switch SS3, the conductor 528, the contact fixed 527, the brushes 526, the contacts 02 and 01 in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, the conductor 168, the contact 190 , the conductor 172, the fixed contact springs 250, the winding ::

  slow relay 206, conductor 225, contact 4 16, conductor 227, contact 263, conductor 223, contect 485, conductor 222, contact 265, fixed contact springs 251, conductor 170, contact 198, conductor 169, contacts K3 and K2 of the switch / succession

  <Desc / Clms Page number 35>

 
SS2 in position 6, brush 529, fixed contact b30, conductor 531, contacts HI and H4 of the SS3 succession switch in position I, the winding of relay 704, towards the battery.



   Relay 704 operates and closes a circuit as follows; earth, contact 715, contacts B4 and B5 in position I, of succession switch SS3, the winding of magnet 707 towards the battery. Magnet 707 energizes and the SS3 succession switch advances to position 2. In position 2, a circuit is completed for the trigger shaft magnet 705 as follows: battery, winding magnet 705, contacts 04 and CI in position 2 of the succession switch SS3, contact 715, towards earth.



   The tripping axis and its switch 708 begin to rotate, when the switch leaves the normal position, the contact 718 is closed and for each advance made by the trip axis, the contact 717 is also closed and the earth is thus intermittently connected to conductor 531 by connecting the terra to its lower terminal to short-circuit relay 206, as follows;

   earth, contact 718, contact 717, contacts H2 and HI in position 2 of the succession switch SS3, conductor 531, fixed contact 530, brush 529, contacts K2 and K3 in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, conductor 169, contact 198, conductor 170, fixed contact springs 251, contact 265, conductor 222, contact 485, conductor 223, contact 263, conductor 227, contact 416, conductor 225, the lower terminal of relay 206.

   The upper terminal of relay 206 is connected to earth by means of the following circuit: the upper terminal of relay 206, the fixed contact springs 250, conductor 172, contact 190, conductor 168, contacts 01 and 02 in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, the brush 526, the fixed contact 527, the conductor 528, the contacts M2 and MI in position I of the switch.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 36>

 taur of succession SS3, towards the earth. The intermittent earth connected by means of contact 717 also extends to the upper terminal of relay 704 by means of contact 714 and keeps relay 704 energized during movement of the trip axis.



   The relay 206 operates when the fundamental circuit is closed for the release of the relay 208 and it is short-circuited with each advance made by the trigger axis of the selector R3, the relay 206 de-energizes intermittently as before and pulses are sent to the series of relays hundreds by means of a circuit which extends as follows; earth, contact 257, conductor 224, contact 460, contact 454, contact 447, conductor 3b2, to the series of counter relays 321 to 325 inclusive. As a result, relays 321-325 are actuated as shown in Figure II until the correct number of reversing pulses has been sated back, which number from the pulse table will be eight. .



   When the eighth reversing pulse has been received from selector R3, relays 321, 322, 324 and 325 are locked in the actuated position and the following circuit is completed for relay 208: the battery, the winding of the relay 208, the driver 229, contact 459, lower coil of relay 406, contact 433, conductor 246, contact 286, conductor 247, contact 363, contact 375, contact 378, contact 374, contact 379, conductor 350, contact 458, conductor 232, contact 282, to earth.



   Relay 208 operates and relay 406 operates partially to close contact 456 only, which completes a circuit for its upper winding, whereupon after a short interval the relay operates smoothly. This circuit is similar to the circuit in which relay 208 and relay 405 were operated and the rest of the operation is similar, as relay 406 is similar to relay 405. On-

  <Desc / Clms Page number 37>

 When completely, the relay 406 disconnects the earth of the restraining inverter 353 at the contact 458 and the relays 321, 322,323 and 324 de-energize.



   While operating, relay 208 opens the basic circuit at contact 263, relay 704 of selector R3 releases and relay 206 remains de-energized.



   On contact 716, relay 704 completes a circuit as follows: earth, contact 716, contacts B3 and B5, in position 2 of the SS3 succession switch, the winding of magnet 707, towards the battery, The magnet 707 energizes and the SS2 succession switch left position 2.



   When the succession switch reaches position 3, a circuit is closed as follows; earth, relay 205, contact 258, fixed contact springs 250, conductor 172, contact 190, conductor 168, contacts 01 and 02 in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, brush 526, contact fixed 527, conductor 528, contacts M2 and M3 in position 3, of the succession switch SS3, the winding of relay 701, contacts H3 and HI in position 3 of the succession switch SS3, conductor 531, the fixed contact b30, balance 529, contacts K2 and K3, in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, conductor 169, contact 198, conductor 170, fixed contact springs 251, contact 265, conductor 222, contact 485, conductor 223, contact 262, resistor 255, to the battery.

   Relay 205 operates accordingly in this circuit as well as relay 701, relay 205 operated as before to keep relay 208 energized independently of the contacts of relay 406. Relay 208 has a second latch circuit extending as follows. ; battery, relay winding 208, contact 264, conductor 230, contact 441, contact 457, conductor 232, contact 282, to earth. The circuit is completed when relay 406 has fully energized, which it does shortly after relay 205 has energized.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 38>

 



   Relay 701 closes contact 710 so that when succession switch SS3 reaches position 4, a circuit is closed as follows; the battery, the winding of the relay 704, the contact 713, the contacts G3 and GI in the position 4 of the succession switch SS3, the contact 710, the contacts JI and J2, in the position 4 of the succession switch SS3, towards Earth. The SS3 succession switch continues to advance until it reaches position 5, where it stops because contact 716 is open.

   The relay 704 remains activated in position 5, the succession switch stops in position 5, and at contact 715 a circuit is completed for the magnet 706 of the brush carriage as follows; the battery, the winding of magnet 706, contacts 03 and CI in position 5 of the SS3 succession switch, contact 715, towards earth. Magnet 706 energizes and the selected set of brushes 719, 720, and 721 are rotated.



   When a free junction line terminating at a final selector is encountered, for example the one comprising the conductors 760, 761 and 762 and terminating at the selector R4 shown in figure 8, the following circuit is completed: earth, lower winding high resistance of relay 703, contacts F3 and FI in position 5 of succession switch SS3, brush 720, contact 723, conductor 761, contacts L2, LI in position I of succession switch SS4, contacts Mb and M2 in position I of the succession switch SS4, the resistor 787, towards the battery. A bridge of this circuit extends through contacts L2 and L3 in position I of succession switch SS3, high resistance relay 751 to the battery. Relay 751 and relay 703 energize in this circuit.



  Relay 751 locks in the energized state in the following circuit: battery, lower and upper windings of relay 7bI in series, contact 763, contact 790 to test lead 761. test 703 worked and opens the circuit of relay 704. at contact 713, and at contact 712 it closes

  <Desc / Clms Page number 39>

 a latch circuit for itself as follows ;. the test conductour 761, the fixed contact 723, the conductor 720, the low resistance upper winding of the relay 703, the contact 712, the contacts G3 and CI in position 5 of the succession switch SS3, the contact 710, contacts JI and J2 in position 5 of the succession switch SS3, towards earth.

   The brushes are properly aligned with the selected fixed contacts if a circuit is made to be completed as follows; earth, rack tooth 728, brush 709, contacts EI and E3 in position 5 of the succession switch SS3, the winding of relay 704 towards the battery, so that relay 704 can only be released when the brushes are properly engaged with the fixed contacts.



  The relay 704 releases and opens the circuit of the magnet 706 and closes a circuit as follows for the magnet 727: the battery, the winding of the magnet 727, the contacts B2 and B3 in position 5 of the succession switch SS3, contact 716, to earth. Magnet H energizes and stops the movement of brushes 719, 720 and 721. A circuit is also closed as follows for magnet 707: te: 're, contact 716, contacts B3 and B5 in position 5 of the succession switch SS3, the winding of the magnet 707, towards the battery. Magnet 707 energizes and SS3 succession switch leaves position 5.



   If the fourth series of pulses has not been fully registered in the tens recorder, relay 403 is still not actuated and the latch circuit of relay 208 extends through contact 441 of relay 403 and contact 457 relay 406 is held to keep relay 208 actuated.

   In such a case, when the succession switch SS3 reaches position 6, the relay 701 (Fig. 7) would be actuated by means of the following circuit; battery, resistor 255, contact 262, conductor 223, contact 485, conductor 222, contact 265, fixed contact springs 251, conductor 170, contact 198, conductor 169, contacts K3

  <Desc / Clms Page number 40>

 and K2 in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, the brush 529, the fixed contact 530, the conductor 531, the HI and H3 contacts in position 6 of the succession switch SS3, the winding of the relay 701, the contacts M3 and MI in position 6 of the SS3 succession switch, towards earth.

   Relay 701 operates and at contact 710 it closes a circuit as follows for relay 704: earth, contacts J2 and JI in position 6 of the SS3 succession switch, contact 710, contacts GI and G4, in position 6 of the SS3 succession switch, the winding of relay 704, to the battery. Relay 704 operates and opens the circuit of magnet 707 to contact 716, the succession switch therefore stops in position 6. If, on the other hand, the fourth digit is registered, or when it is registered, relay 208 is de-energized As a result, the relay 701 goes off hook and is followed by the relay 704 ;, and therefore the circuit of the magnet 707 is again completed and the succession switch SS3 advances to position 9.



   In this position, the fundamental circuit is extended to the selector R4 and can now be drawn as follows; earth, contacts 03 and 02 in position I of the SS4 succession switch, the conductor 760, the fixed switch 722, the balance 719, contacts M4 and M2 in position 9 of the SS3 succession switch, the conductor 528, the fixed contact 527, the brush 526, contacts them 02 and 01 in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, the conductor 168, the contact 190, the conductor 172, the fixed contact springs 250, the winding of relay 206, conductor 225, contact 416, conductor 227, contact 263, conductor 223, contact 485, conductor 222, contact 265, fixed contact springs 251, conductor 170, contact 198, conductor 169,

   contacts K2 and K3 in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, brush 529, fixed contact 530, conductor 531, contacts J3 and J4 in position 9 of succession switch SS3, brush 721, the fixed contact 724, the conductor 762, the contacts GI and G5 in the posi-

  <Desc / Clms Page number 41>

 tion 1 of the SS4 succession switch, the winding of relay 753 ,, to the battery.



   Relays 206 and 7b3 operating in this circuit, and while operating, relay 753 closes a circuit as follows; earth, contact 769, contacts B2 and Bb in position 1 of succession switch SS4, the winding of magnet 756, towards the battery. Magnet 756 energized and the SS4 succession switch advances to position 2.



   2
In the / position of the SS4 succession switch, a fired black is completed as follows for the magnet 7b4 of the stripping axis: the battery, the magnet winding 754, the contacts 02 and 03 in position 2 from the SS4 succession switch, switch 769, to earth. The trigger axis and its switch 757 then rotate, the out of normal contact 773 is closed and the contact 774 is closed intermittently, so that reversing pulses are returned by the following circuit: earth, contact 773, contact 774, contacts 02 and G5 in position 2 of succession switch SS4, contact 168, contacts J4 and J3 in position 2 of succession switch SS4, to conductor 762.

   Relay 753 is kept energized by means of the following circuit; the battery, the winding of the relay 753, the contacts Gb and G2 in position 2 of the succession switch SS4, the contact 774, the contact 773, towards the earth.



   Recorder controller relay 206 is intermittently shorted by means of the basic circuit and the reversing pulses are repeated by relay 206 in the next circuit; earth, contact 2b7, conductor 224, contact 460 ,, contact 455, conductor 358 to the series of counter relays 331-335 inclusive,
When the calling subscriber initiates the series of pulses corresponding to the tens digit, the following circuit is completed;

   earth, contact 279, conductor 235, contact 442 contact 436, contact 428, upper relay winding

  <Desc / Clms Page number 42>

 403 to the battery; relay 403 operates partially in this circuit at the beginning of the series of pulses to close contact 438 only, and it operates fully at the end of the series of pulses by the following circuit; the battery, the upper and lower tact windings of relay 403 in series, con 438, conductor 232, contact 282, to earth.

   The four pulses transmitted by the calling subscriber are repeated at contact 179 of relay 162 and at contact 272 of relay 218, and are roques in the tens recorder by means of the following circuit: earth, contact 272 , the conductor 234, the contact 444, the contact 440 ;, the contact 430, the conductor 358 to the relays 331-335 inclusive (figure 4). These relays are arranged in a manner analogous to relays 211-215 and 321-325 inclusive and accordingly, after four pulses, relay 334 is latched in energized state to restraining conductor 357 which turns off. - tends towards the earth by the following circuit; the conductor 3b7, the contact 464, the conductor 232 ;, the contact 282, towards earth.



   The operation of the counting relays 3: sI-335 inclusive is then continued by reversing pulses. Referring to the impulse table it can be seen that the number of reversing pulses which must be returned before the fundamental circuit is opened is seven, and it follows that the basic circuit must be opened when the relays 331- 335 inclusive are all excited. When this occurs, a circuit is completed for relay 208 as follows: battery, coil of relay 208, conductor 229, contact 465, lower coil of relay 407, conductor 356, contact 380, contact 381, contact 382, contact 383, conductor 357, contact 464, conductor 232, contact 282, to earth.

   Relay 208 operates in this circuit and relay 40'7 operates partially to close contact 462 only, which completes a circuit for its top winding, by means of which it operates fully. Like relays 405 and 406, however, this latter relay is slow to produce its attraction. Relay

  <Desc / Clms Page number 43>

 
407, when operating fully) disconnects the earth of the restraining inverter 3b7 at contact 464 and relays 3; si-335 inclusive de-energize.



   While operating, relay 208 closes contacts 258 and
262 but relay 205 is not energized as happened previously when relay 208 was operating because it is now shorted to earth connected to its upper terminal in the next circuit; the upper terminal of relay 205, contact 258, fixed contact springs 250, conductor 172, contact I90, conductor 168, contacts 01 and 02 in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, brush b26, contact fixed 527, conductor 528, oontaots M2 and M4 in position 9 of succession switch SS3, brush 719, fixed contact 722, conductor 760, contacts 03 and 02 in position 2 of succession switch SS4 to Earth.



   As there is obviously no flushing operation in a final selector, there is no waiting time before the next series of pulses can command the final position of the selector, and consequently the operation. of relay 20b is not necessary since its function was to provide a latching circuit for relay 208 to contact 256 while the flushing operation of switches R2 and R3. However, it is still necessary to keep the basic circuit open until the next digit has been registered, and a latch circuit extending as follows is accordingly provided for relay 208: battery, relay winding 208, contact 264, conductor 230, contact 445p contact 463, conductor 232p contact 282, to earth.



   Relay 753 is shorted by the battery connected to its upper terminal as follows; the upper terminal of relay 753, contact 768, contacts J4 and J3 in position 2 of the SS4 succession switch, conductor 762, contact 724, brush 721, contacts J4 and J3 in ppsition 9 of the

  <Desc / Clms Page number 44>

 SS3 succession switch, conductor 531, contact 530, brush 529, contacts K2 and K3 in position 6 of succession switch SS2, conductor 169, contact 198, conductor 170, fixed contact springs 251, contact 265, conductor 222, contact 485, conductor 223, contact 262, resistor 255, to the battery.

   Relay 753 s accordingly de-energizes and opens the circuit of magnet 754 to contact 769 and closes contact 770, which completes a circuit as follows; earth, contact 770, contacts BI and Bb in position 2 of the succession switch SS4, magnet 756 towards the battery. Magnet 756 energizes and SS4 succession switch advances to position 3.



   Relay 208 remains energized until its latch circuit is opened, after receiving pulses from the units. The number of pulses in this series is eight and they are stored in relays 341-345 inclusive which operate in a manner analogous to relays 211 through 215 inclusive, as shown in Figure II. At the beginning of the series of pulses the following circuit is completed; earth, contact 279, conductor 235, contact 442, contact 437, the upper winding of relay 404, to the battery. Relay 404 operates partially in the circuit to close contact 443 only.

   The pulse circuit can be traced as follows; earth, contact 272, conductor 234, oontaot444, contact 439, conductor 360 to relays 341-345 inclusive. The holdback circuit for these relays may be followed from relay 345 by conductor 232 and contact 282 to ground. Consequently, these relays are put in position to register eight pulses and the relays 341, 343 and 345 are locked in the actuated position at the end of the series of pulses by means of a circuit enclosing the conductor 232, the contact 282 to go to land. At the end of the series of pulses, relay 404 operates completely, which opens contact 44b and releases redo 208.

   Relay

  <Desc / Clms Page number 45>

 208 de-energizes and as before it completes the fundamental circuit which causes the energization of relays 206 and 753.



   The fundamental circuit can be drawn as follows; the battery, the winding of the relay 753, the G5 and GI oontaots in position 3 of the SS4 suoeession switch, the conductor 762, the fixed contact 724, the brush 721, the J4 and J3 contacts in the 9 position of the succession SS3, conductor 531, fixed contact 530, brush 529, contacts K2 and K3 in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, conductor 169, contact 198, conductor 170, springs of fixed contacts 251, contact 265, conductor 222 contact 485, conductor 223, contact 263, conductor 227, contact 416, conductor 225, coil of relay 206, fixed oontaots springs 250, conductor 172 , contact 190, conductor 168,

   contacts 01 and 02 in position 6 of the succession switch SSI, brush 526, fixed contact 527, conductor 528, contacts M2 and M4 in position 9 of succession switch SS3, brush 719, fixed contact 722, the inverter 760, contacts 03 and 02 in position 3 of the SS4 succession switch, towards the trre,
Relays 206 and 753 energize in this circuit and relay 753 closes, energizing, contact 769, so that a circuit is completed as follows, for magnet 756: earth, contact 769, contacts B2 and B5 in position 3 of the SS4 succession switch, magnet 756, towards the battery.



  Magnet 756 activates, and the succession switch advances to position 5, whereupon a circuit is completed as follows; the battery, coil of magnet 755, contacts CI and U3 in position 5 of the succession switch SS4, the contact 769 towards the ground. The magnet 755 of the brush carriage energizes and the chosen brushes are released and moved onto the stationary contacts.



   For each advance made in the broom trolley,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 46>

 earth is connected by contact 771, contacts G2 and G5 in position 5 of the succession switch SS4, contact 768, contacts J4 and J3 in position 5 of succession switch SS4, to the lower conversation conductor, which forces relay 206 to de-energize intermittently and to transmit pulses to the unit recorder, via the following circuit; earth, contact 2b7, conductor 224, contact 461, conductor 360 to the meter relay series of units 341-345 inclusive.



   Referring to the pulse table, it can be seen that three reversing pulses must be sent by the final turn selector before the fundamental circuit is opened, eight pulses have already been registered by the calling subscriber, so the fundamental circuit must be open when a total of eleven pulses have been registered, i.e. when relays 341, 342,343, 344 and 345 are all actuated. A circuit is then completed as follows for the relay 207: the battery, the winding of the relay 207, the conductor 226, the contact 366, the contact 386, the contact 385, the contact 387, the contact 384, the contact 388, conductor 232, contact 282, to earth.

   Relay 207 operates in this circuit and opens contact 265, which opens the fundamental circuit and releases relay 753, after which the brush carriage stops with the brushes resting on the desired line contacts.



   The relay 207 also opens the circuit of the relay 218 to the contact 2607 the relays 218, 219 and 220 are released but without effect since the relay 404 is actuated. Relay 207 also closes contact 259, which completes a circuit as follows; earth, contact 259, fixed contact springs 252, conductor 199, contact 181, contact 194, contact 177, contact 192, coil of relay 167, to the battery.



  Relay 167 operates and closes contacts 189 and 197 to prepare the talk circuit? the terra is connected to the upper conversation conductor by the following 0, .rouit; the

  <Desc / Clms Page number 47>

 earth, the lower winding of the relay 166, the contact 195, the contact 177, the contact 191, to the conductor 168, this has no effect at this time. The battery is connected to the lower conversation conductor by the following circuit; the battery, the upper winding of the relay 166, the contact 197 to the conductor 169, The relay 7b3 is thus short-circuited and remains de-energized.

   Relay 167 also closes on operation, a latch circuit for itself as follows; the battery, the winding of the relay 167, the contact 193, the contact 180 to earth. Relay 167 also opens contact 196, which covers the plunger magnet retainer circuit 204, which de-energizes and allows fixed contact spring pairs 250, 251, 252 and 253 to open. fired of relay 209 is also open and this relay releases, after which contact 282 opens and all the relays of the recorder controller that are latched to driver 232 release and the recorder controller can then be taken. in service to establish another connection.



   When the fundamental circuit has been opened, relay 753 has de-energized and at contact 769 it has opened the circuit of magnet 755, and at contact 770 a circuit is completed as follows for retaining magnet 784: earth , the contact 770, the contacts BI and B3 in position 5 of the succession switch SS4, the magnet 784, towards the battery, The brush trolley was thus stopped with its brushes 780, 781 and 782 resting on the contacts of the desired line.

   At the same time as a circuit is completed for the retainer magnet 784, a branch circuit has been completed as follows; earth, contact 770, contacts BI and B5 in position 5 of succession switch SS4, magnet 756 to the battery, magnet 756 energizes and succession switch SS4 leaves position 5.



   It must be remembered at this time that the succession switch SS2 is in position 6, the succession switch SS3 is in position 9 while the succession switch

  <Desc / Clms Page number 48>

 succession SS4 has just left position 5. The carry circuit between switches R2 and R3 can be traced as follows; earth, the winding of relay 507, contacts F1 and F2 in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, brush b32, fixed contact 533, conductor 534, contact 711, contacts G2 and GI in position 9 of the succession switch SS3, the contact 710, the contacts K4 and K3 in position 9 of the succession switch SS3, the winding of the relay 702, towards the battery.

   Relay 702 is energized as will be noted in the following circuit to keep contact 710 closed: earth, contact 716, contacts L2 and LI in position 9 of the SS3 succession switch, relay 701, contacts E2 and E4 in position 9 of succession switch SS3, resistor 725, towards the battery.



  The carry circuit between switches R3 and R4 can be traced as follows; earth, contacts DI and D4 in position 9 of the SS3 succession switch, the upper winding of the relay 703, the brush 720., the fixed contact 724, the conductor 761, the contact 790, the contact 763, the High resistance top winding and low resistance bottom winding of relay 751 in series, to the battery. Relays 703 and 751 are actuated in this circuit.



   Relay 751 is bypassed by the relatively low resistance 787 until the SS4 succession switch leaves position 5 and accordingly when the SS4 succession switch leaves position 5, the high resistance relay 751 is turned directly on. in serial connection with the low resistance relay 703, the relay 7bI remained activated but the low resistance relay 703 de-energizes and completes the following circuit; the battery, the winding of the relay 704, the contact 713, the contacts D3 and DI in position 9 of the succession switch SS3, towards earth.

   Relay 704 is energized and at contact 716 it opens the circuit of relay 701 which de-energizes and opens contact 710 in the relay circuit.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 49>

 702 and 507, which relays de-energize accordingly.



   Relay 704 also closes a circuit to contact 715, as follows; earth, contact 715, contacts B4 and B5 in position 9 of succession switch SS3, magnet 707, towards the battery, magnet 707 energized and succession switch SS3 moves forward leaving position 9.



   Relay 702 opens by de-energizing its hold circuit at contact 711, and relay 507 closes contact 523, which completes a circuit as follows; earth, contact 523, contacts D2 and DI in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, the coil of magnet 510, towards the battery. Winding 510 is energized and the succession switch SS2 advances to position 9. When the succession switch reaches position 7, a circuit is completed as follows; the battery, the winding of the magnet 508, the contacts G2 and G3 in position 7 of the sucoession switch SS2, the contact out of normal 525, towards the earth.

   The magnet 508 of the tripping axis is energized and the deoleh- chement axis is thus rotated until it reaches its retracted position, contact b25 then being open and the axis trigger coming to rest.



   In position 9 of the SS2 succession switch, a circuit is completed as follows: earth, lower winding of relay 166, contact 195, contact 177, contact 191, conductor 168, contact them NI and N2 in succession switch position 9, delay winding 502, relay upper and lower windings 503 in series, contacts J3 and J2 in succession switch position 9 SS2, conductor 169, contact 197, 1 '' upper coil of relay 166 towards the battery. Due to the high resistance of the upper winding of relay 503, relay 166 cannot energize in this circuit, but relay 503 is kept energized.



   Note that in position 9 of the switch

  <Desc / Clms Page number 50>

 in succession SS2, the brushes b26 and 529 are covered by a battery supply bridge containing the relay b04 and the delay 501 as follows; the battery, relay winding 505, contacts KI and K2 in position 9 of the succession switch SS2, to brush 529, and earth, contact 517, delay winding 501, contacts 03 and 02 in position 9 of the succession switch SS2 to the brush 526.



  It should also be noted that the conductor 168 is connected to the brush 526 by the capacitor bI4 and that the conductor 169 is connected to the brush b29 by the capacitor bIb, and the succession switch SS2 is now in the conversation position.



   In position 14 of the succession switch SS3, it will be noted that the conductors 528 and 531 are extended directly to the brushes 719 and 721 respectively, without any bridge but with a continuous circuit. When the SS3 succession switch leaves position 9, the circuit of relay 704 is opened at contacts D3 and DI, relay 703 de-energizes and closes contact 716, but has no effect.

   When the succession switch SS3 reaches position 10, a circuit is completed as follows; earth, the winding of the low resistance relay 507, the contacts F1 and F @ in position 9 of the succession switch SS2, the brush 532, the fixed contact 533, the conductor 534, the contacts L4 and LI in position 10 of the succession switch SS3, the winding of the high resistance relay 701, contacts E2 and E4 in position 10 of the succession switch SS3, the resistor 725, to the battery, Relay 701 energizes in this circuit, the relay 507 does not energize but maintains a low resistance earth on conductor 762 to act as a guard.

   When the SS3 succession switch reaches the I3 position, the relay 704 re-energizes in the following circuit: the battery, the winding of the relay 704, the contacts G4 and GI in the position 13 of the SS3 succession switch, the contact 710, contacts K4 and KI in position 13 of the

  <Desc / Clms Page number 51>

 SS3 succession, towards earth, relay 704 opens the circuit of magnet 707 at contact 716 to allow the SS3 succession switch to stop in position 14. While the SS2 succession switch goes from position 6 in the position 9 and when it stops in position 9, the protective earth is maintained on contact b33 by the winding of low-resistance relay 507 and by contacts FI and F2.

   As the SS3 succession switch goes from position 9 to position 13 1/4, garda earth is held on contact 723 by the low resistance top winding of relay 703 and contacts D4 and DI, and for that it goes from position 13 to position 14 and when it stops in position 14, the protective earth is maintained on contact 723 by the low resistance upper winding of relay 703 and contacts 02 and THIS,
While the succession switch SS4 of the final selector R4 goes from position 5 to position 9, the selected line is tried. Assume avc.nt all that the selected line is cuckolded.

   When the succession switch SS4 reaches position 9, a circuit is completed as follows; the battery., the winding of relay 753, contacts F1 and F2 in position 9 of the succession switch SS4, contact 764, towards earth. The relay 7b3 is energized and opens the contact 770 so as to allow the succession switch SS4 to stop in position 9, the busy sound is then sent to the calling subscriber as follows: earth, the busy sound switch 776, the contacts L3 ot LI in position 9 of the succession switch SS4, the winding 788 of the busy sound transformer to the battery.

   This will induce a current in the secondary winding 789 which extends to the calling subscriber through the talk leads 760, 762, as follows; conductor 760, contacts 03 and 01 in position 9 of succession switch SS4, winding 789 of the occupant sound transformer, capacitor 775, contacts J2 and J3 in position 9 of succession switch SS4, to conductor 762.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 52>

 



  In this way, the calling subscriber receives the busy sound and discards the call by hanging up his receiver.



   When the calling subscriber hangs up his receiver.) The relay 162 de-energizes and at contact 178 it opens the circuit of relay 163 which in turn de-energizes and opens contact 180, which removes the earth from the junction conductor of release 114. The interrupt winding of the plunger magnet 102, relay 107 and relay 167 then de-energize.

   When the plunger magnet de-energizes, it allows the associated plunger arm to return to normal and the fixed contact spring pairs 123, 104, 624, and 125 separate; when the relay 107 releases, a circuit is completed as follows; earth, contact 149, contact 134, contact 137, out of normal contact 138, the winding of the release magnet 109 towards the battery ... The magnet 109 is energized and allows to the selector shaft to return to normal. Switches C and SI have thus been restored to normal and can be taken up for another call.



   When relay 162 releases, it also opens contact 177, which opens the circuit of relay 503 which, as will be remembered, was actuated by the battery and earth connected by means of the upper and lower windings of the relay'166 respectively. Relay 503 then releases, after which a circuit is completed as follows; earth, contact 516, contacts M3 and M2 in position 9, the winding of relay 505, towards the battery. Relay 505 therefore energizes and closes a circuit as follows; earth, contact 519, contacts B3 and B2 in position 9 of the succession switch SS2, magnet 510, towards the battery. The bIO magnet is energized and the succession switch SS2 advances to position II.



   When the SS2 succession switch leaves position 9, the protective earth is removed from contact 533 to contacts F2 and FI, and the relay, 704 which was actuated by this earth is removed.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 53>

 now releases and initiates the release of selector R3. When position II is reached, a circuit is completed as follows; earth, contact 523, contacts D2 and D3 in position II of the succession switch SS2, the coil of magnet 509, towards the battery.

   The brush carriage then rotates until it reaches its retracted position and the brush 535 meets the contact 536, after which a circuit is completed as follows; earth, relay winding 507, brush 535, start contact 536, contacts EI and E2 in posi-Lion 7 of succession switch SS2, magnet winding 511 to the battery. Relay 507 and retaining magnet Si! energize together in this circuit so that the broom carriage is stopped in its normal position.

   When relay 507 operates, a circuit is completed as follows; earth, contact 522, contacts 03 and U2 in position II of the succession switch SS2, the winding of the magnet 510 towards the battery) the magnet 510 is energized and the succession switch SS2 then advanced in position I, when it leaves position II, contacts EI and E2 are open and relay 507 de-energizes. When the succession switch SS2 reaches the I position, the switch R2 has returned to normal and can be actuated to establish another call.



   If we now deal with the selector R3, when the relay 704 has dropped, a circuit has been completed as follows: earth, contact 716, contacts B3 and B5 in position 14 of the succession switch SS3, l winding magnet 707 towards the battery. Magnet 707 energizes accordingly and succession switch SS3 advances to position 17. In position 16 3/4, a circuit is completed as follows; earth, contact out of normal 718, contacts D2 and D3 in position 16 3/4 of the SS3 succession switch, contact 713, the winding of relay 704 to the battery.

   Relay 704 energizes accordingly and completes a circuit as follows; earth, contact 715, contacts CI and 04 in

  <Desc / Clms Page number 54>

 , position 17 of the succession switch SS3, the winding of the magnet 705, towards the battery. The magnet 705 of the trip axis energizes accordingly and the trip axis returns to normal, contact 718 then opening the circuit of relay 704. Relay 704 de-energizes again and closes the contact. 716, which completes a circuit as follows for magnet 717: earth, contact 716, contacts B3 and Bb in position 17 of succession switch SS3, the winding of magnet 707 towards the battery .



   The succession switch SS3 advances out of position 17, and in position 17 3/4 a circuit is completed as follows; the battery, the winding of the relay 704, the contact 713, the contacts D3 and DI in position 17 3/4 of the succession switch SS3, against earth. Relay 704 energizes and opens the circuit from magnet 707 to contact 716 to allow succession switch SS3 to stop in position 18. In position 18, a circuit is completed as follows, the earth, the contact 7Ib, the contacts CI and U3 in the position 18 of the succession switch SS3, the winding of the magnet 706, towards the battery.

   The brush carriage magnet 706 energizes and the brush carriage then rotates until it reaches its retracted position, a circuit then being completed as follows; the battery, the resistor 725, the re-entry contact 726, the brush 709, the contacts F2 and F3 in the position 18 of the succession switch SS3, the lower winding of the relay 703 towards the earth, The relay 703 is energized and at contact 713 it opens the circuit of relay 704 which then de-energizes and closes the following circuit: earth, contact 716, contacts B3 and B5 in position 18 of the succession switch SS3, the winding of magnet 707, towards the battery.

   The SS3 succession switch then goes to position I and relay 703 de-energizes when the contacts
F2 and F3 open,
It will be remembered that the SS4 succession switch

  <Desc / Clms Page number 55>

 was left in position 9, that the busy sound was sent to the calling subscriber and that the relay 751 was powered by the earth connected by means of the upper winding of the relay 703. When the switch of succession SS3 left position 13 1/4, the circuit of relay 751 is opened at contact DI of succession switch SS3, relay 7bI sa de-energizes accordingly and opens contact 764, which releases relay 753.

   Relay 753 completes the following circuit at contact 770; earth, contact 770, contacts BI and B5 in position 9 of the succession switch SS4, the winding of magnet 756, towards the battery. Magnet 756 energizes and SS4 succession switch advances to position II.



  In this position, a circuit is completed as follows; the battery, the magnet 7b5 of the brush trolley, the oontaots CI and 04 in position II of the succession switch SS4, the contact 770, towards the earth.



   Magnet 7bb energizes and the brush carriage returns to normal and when the normal position is reached a circuit is completed as follows; earth, brush 772, contact 783, contacts E3 and El in position II of the succession switch SS4, contacts 04 and G5 in position II of the succession switch SS4, the winding of relay 753, towards the drums.

   Relay 753 energizes and completes the following circuits at contact 769; the battery, the coil of the magnet 784, the contacts B3 and B2 in the position II of the succession switch, the contact 769, towards the earth, and; battery, magnet winding 756, contacts B5 and B2 in position II of succession switch SS4, contact 769, to earth. The retainer magnet 784 accordingly energizes to stop the brush carriage and the magnet 756 energizes to cause the advancement of the succession switch SS4.



   When position 12 is reached, a circuit is completed for magnet 7o6 as follows; the battery, the winding of the magnet 7b6, the contacts B5 and B4 in position 12 of the

  <Desc / Clms Page number 56>

 SS4 succession switch, contact 765, to earth.



  Magnet 756 energizes and advances suocession switch SS4 to position 17. In position 17, a circuit is completed for relay 753 as follows; terra, contact out of normal 773, contacts 03 and 05 in position 17 of the SS4 succession switch, the winding of relay 753, towards the battery. Relay 753 energizes and closes a circuit for the trigger axis magnet as follows: the battery, the winding of the magnet 754, contacts 02 and 03 in position 17 of the succession switch SS4, contact 769, to earth.

   Magnet 754 energizes and returns the trip axis to normal and when this happens contact 773 is open and relay 753 de-energizes, which completes a circuit as follows: earth, contact 770, contacts BI and B5 in position 17 of the succession switch SS4, the winding of the magnet 756 towards the battery.



   Magnet 756 energizes and SS4 succession switch advances to position 18. In this position, a circuit is completed for relay 753 as follows: earth, brush 772, contact 783, contacts E3 and EI in position 18, contacts G4 and 05 in position 18 of the succession switch SS4, the winding of relay 753, towards the battery.

   Relay 753 is energized accordingly and at contact 769 it closes the following circuit: the tare, contact 769, contacts B2 and B5 in position IB of succession switch SS4, the winding of magnet 756, tors the battery, the magnet 756 energizes and the succession switch SS4 advances to position I, when the succession switch SS4 leaves position 18, the circuit of relay 753 is opened and the selector R3 is returned to normal .



   We will now assume that the chosen line is free.



  When the SS4 succession switch reaches the 5 1/4 position, a circuit is completed for the test relay 752 as follows: earth, contacts H3 and H4 in the 5 1/4 position of the

  <Desc / Clms Page number 57>

 'SS4 succession switch, resistor 791, winding relay 7b2, brush 782, contact 794, conductor 805, winding interrupt relay 802, to battery, Las râlais 802 and 7b2 operate in this circuit and relay 802 opens contacts 806 and 807, which disconnects line relay 801 from the called subscriber line.

   Relay 752 closes by operating a latch circuit for itself as follows; battery, relay coil 802, conductor 805, fixed contact 794, brush 782, coil relay 752, contacts D2 and DI in the 5 1/4 position of the SS4 succession switch, the contact 767, contact 764, to earth. When position 9 is reached, relay 753 is not energized since contact 766 is open and therefore the fired for magnet 7b6 remains completed by contact 770 and contacts BI and B5 in position 9 of the succession switch SS4, and the succession switch SS4 continues to advance.



   In position 10 of the succession switch SS4, a circuit is completed as follows; earth, contact 764, contacts E2 and EI in position 10 of the on switch, ¯ transfer SS4, contacts G4 and 05 in position 10 of succession switch SS4, the winding of relay 753, to the battery . Relay 753 energizes and remains energized in position II of succession switch SS4, whereupon a circuit is completed as follows; earth, contact 769, contacts B2 and B5 in position II of the SS4 succession switch, the winding of magnet 756, towards the battery.

   Magnet 756 energizes and succession switch SS4 advances to position 12, when succession switch SS4 leaves position II, magnet circuit 753 is opened at contacts EI and E2.



   In position 12 of the succession switch SS4, the latching circuit of relay 752 is made independent of contact 764 by the fact that it is extended to earth by

  <Desc / Clms Page number 58>

 the H2 and H3 contacts in position 12 of the SS4 sucoesion switch.

   The succession switch SS4 stops in position 12 and the ringing current is transmitted to the device of the called subscriber by the circuit following the earth, the summation generator 778, the contacts K2 and K4 in position 12 of the succession switch SS4, the brush 781, the fixed contact 793, the conductor 804, by the subscriber's device called at station B, by the conductor 803, the contact 792, the brush 780, the contacts N4 and N3 in position 12 of the succession switch SS4, the winding of relay 750, towards the battery.

   A circuit is also completed as follows, earth, buzzer generator 777, contacts M4 and MI in position 12 of succession switch SS4, primary winding 788 from transformer to battery. A sound is thus induced in the secondary winding of the transformer and sent back to the calling subscriber by the conversation conductors, the circuit extending as follows: conductor 760, contacts 03 and 01 in position 12 of the switch SS4 succession, secondary winding 789, capacitor 775, contacts J2 and J3 in position 12 of the SS4 succession switch, to conductor 762.



   Either immediately or after a short interval, earth is connected by continuously operated switch 785, which completes a circuit as follows; earth, the black conductive sector of switch 785, contacts E4 and E5 in position 12 of the succession switch SS4, contacts G4 and 05 in position 12 of the succession switch SS4, the winding of relay 753 to battery. Relay 753 energizes and at contact 769 completes a circuit as follows; the terra, the contact 769, the contacts B2 and B5 in position 12 of the succession switch SS4, the winding of the magnet 756 towards the battery.

   Magnet 756 energizes and SS4 succession switch advances to position 13, in position 13 a circuit is completed as

  <Desc / Clms Page number 59>

 follows me by switch 786: earth, the black conductive sector of switch 786, contacts Eb and EI in position 13 of the succession switch SS4, contacts 04 and 05 in position 13 of the succession switch SS4 , the winding of relay 753 towards the battery. Relay 753 is consequently energized and on contact 769 it forces magnet 7b6 to energize and to advance the succession switch SS4 to position 14.

   When leaving position 13 the relay circuit 753 is open at contact 05. In position 14, intermittent ringing by conductor 779 replaces continuous ringing by conductor 778 and this ringing continues until the subscriber called raises his receiver.



   When the called subscriber picks up his receiver, either during the continuous period or during the intermittent period, or during the period of silence of the bell, the relay 760 is energized and opens the contact 790, which forces the relay 751 to become free, after which a circuit is closed as follows earth, contact 76b, contacts B4 and B5 in position 14 of succession switch SS4, the winding of magnet 756, to the battery. Magnet 756 energizes and advances SS4 succession switch to position 15.



  Just before this position is reached, a transient circuit is completed for relay 751 as follows; earth, contacts L4 and L5 in position 14 5/8 of the SS4 succession switch, the lower winding of relay 751, vars the battery. Relay 751 energizes, opens contact 765 to allow succession switch SS4 to remain in position 15 and closes contact 764. Relay 751 locks in an energized state in the following circuit:

   the battery; the upper and lower windings of relay 751 in series, oontaots L 3 and L2 in position 15 of the SS4 succes- sor switch, conductor 751, fixed contact 723 brush 720, upper winding of relay 703, contacts 02 and CI in position 14, contact 715, towards, 1 earth.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 60>

      



   In the position 15 of the succession switch SS4, the brushes 780 and 781 are connected to the conductors 760 and 762 by the contacts N4 and NI and the contacts JI and J3 respectively.



  As a result, a circuit is completed for the relay 501 of selector R2 as follows, the battery, the coil of the relay 504, the contacts KI and K2 in position 9 of the succession switch SS2, the brush 529, the contact fixed 530 , conductor 531, contacts J3 and J4 in position 14 of the succession switch SS3, brush 721, fixed contact 724, conductor 762, contacts J3 and JI in position 15 of the succession switch SS4 , the brush 781, the fixed contact 793, the conductor 804, the station of the called subscriber, the driver 803, the fixed contact 792, the brush 680, the contacts N4 and NI in position 15 of the succession switch SS4, 19 conductor 760, the contact fixed 722, the brush 719, the contacts M4 and M2 in position 14 of the succession switch SS3,

   the conductor 528, the fixed contact 527, the brush b26, the contacts 02 and 03 in position 9 of the succession switch SS2, the winder. delay ment 501, contact 517, to earth.



   Relay 504 operates in this circuit and at contact 518 it short-circuits the high resistance upper winding of relay 503, after which relay 166 of repeater D operates and at contact 188 forms a circuit for relay 161 which operates and reverses the battery connections to the conversation leads 113 and 115. As we sati, this reversal is used for measurement applications or for monitoring? it signifies that the called subscriber has answered and must consequently be debited for the charges, or else it goes out to notify an operator that the called subscriber has answered. The conversation can then take place with current supplied to the calling subscriber from relay 162 and to the called subscriber from relay 504 and delay winding 501.

   At the end of the conversation, the subscribers hang up their receivers and switches 0, SI, R2 and R3 return to normal.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 61>

 manner which has been described in connection with release - when the called line is found busy.



   The release of switch R4 is initiated when succession switch SS3 leaves position 14 and opens relay circuit 751. Relay 751 de-energizes accordingly and forms contact 765, which completes a circuit as follows: earth, contact 765, contacts B4 and B5 in the position
15 of the SS4 succession switch, the magnet winding
756, towards the battery, magnet 7b6 energizes and the succession switch SS4 goes to position 16.



   When passing through position 15 5/8, a transitional circuit has been completed following retort: for relay 751: the battery, the lower winding of relay 751, contacts L5 and
L4 in position 15 5/8 of the SS4 succession switch, towards earth.

   Relay 751 is energized again and if the called subscriber has not hung up his receiver, relay 7bI locks in the energized position in the following circuit; battery,. the lower and upper windings of relay 751 in series contacts KI and K4 in position 16 of the succession switch SS4. the brush 781, the fixed contact 793, the conductor 804 :, the subscriber's station called the conductor 803, the fixed contact 792, the brush 780, the N4 and NI contacts in position 16 of the succession switch SS4, the contacts 03 and 02 in position 16 of the SS4 succession switch, towards earth.

   The warning lamp 7b9 is lit in a branch of this circuit by the contact N2, so that if the called subscriber is late in hanging up, the attention of the agent can be drawn. It will be assumed that the called subscriber hangs up, either immediately after the succession switch reaches weighing 16, or a little time after. In both oas, relay 751 is released and the following circuit is completed: earth contact 765, oontaots B4 and Bb in position 16 of the SS4 succession switch, the winding of magnet 756, towards earth .



   The SS4 succession switch therefore advances

  <Desc / Clms Page number 62>

 up to position 17 and the following circuit is completed; earth, contact out of normal 773, contacts 03 and 05 in position 17 of the SS4 succession switch, the winding of relay 753e towards the battery. Relay 753 energizes and completes the following circuit: earth, contact 769, contacts 03 and 02 in position 17 of succession switch SS4, winding of magnet 754 to the battery.

   Magnet 754 in the trip axis energizes and returns the trip axis to normal, after which the circuit of relay 753 is opened at contact 773, relay 753 then releases and the next circuit is closed: earth, contact 770, contacts BI and B5 in position 17 of the SS4 succession switch, the winding of magnet 756 towards the battery.



   The succession switch SS4 therefore goes to position 18 and in this position a circuit is closed as follows: earth, contact 770, contacts 04 and CI in position 18 of the succession switch SS4, winding da l magnet 755, towards the battery. The magnet 755 of the broom cart is energized and the broom cart therefore rotates to its normal position and when it reaches its normal position a circuit is completed as follows: the terra, the broom 772, the contact 783, contacts E3 and EI in position 18 of the commu-. SS4 succession controller, contacts 04 and 05 in position 18 of the SS4 succession switch, the winding of relay 753y to the battery.

   Relay 753 operates and a circuit is then completed as follows; earth, contact 769, contacts B2 and B5 in position 18 of the succession switch SS $, the winding of magnet 756 towards the battery) while a branch circuit extends through the contact 83 to the retaining magnet 784 and the brush carriage is thus held in its normal position, while the succession switch SS4 advances to position 1 and when the circuit of relay 752 has been opened to the contacts. 764 and H2, switch R4 is returned completely to normal.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 63>

 



  * We have considered the case of a call to a free subscriber and a busy subscriber. The following conditions remain to be dealt with:
I.- Release when the calling subscriber hangs up before an end selector has been taken into service.



   2.- Release when a calling subscriber hangs up after a final selector has been taken in service.



   3, - Release when the calling subscriber is slow to operate his dial after a recorder has been taken into service and before a final selector has been taken in service.



   4.- Release when the calling subscriber is slow to operate his dial after a final selector has been taken in service.



   The reason why the release must be considered separately depending on whether or not a final selector has been taken into service is that the release arrangements of a final selector of the reversing control type are different from the release arrangements of the group selectors of the unit. type with reversive command. If a calling subscriber hangs up his receiver before a call is completed or he hangs up before a recorder has been taken in service, in which case the release is done as usual in jerky feed systems and must therefore not be described or he hung up after a recorder was taken in service and either before or after a final selector was taken in service.



   If the calling subscriber hangs up his receiver after a recorder has been taken into service and before a final selector has been taken on service, the relays 162 and 163 of the repeater D are released as before. In this case, earth is removed from relay 209 and logger plunger magnet 204 by releasing relay 163 in the repeater. Releasing the relay 209 and the magnet 204 causes the complete release of the recorder and repeater, as well as the reversely controlled entry selector in the office.



   We will now assume that the calling subscriber hangs up

  <Desc / Clms Page number 64>

 'its receiver just after the selector R3 has been taken in service this one will remember that when the selector was taken in service, the relay 702 was energized by means of the conductor 534, from the selector R2, that the relay 704 has been actuated by means of the fundamental circuit and the succession switch SS3 has been brought to position 2. In this position a circuit has been completed for the magnet 705 so that the trigger axis has been rotated and pulses were transmitted through conductors 528 and 531.



   When the calling subscriber hangs up, the plunger magnet 204 de-energizes and the fundamental circuit is open} relay 704 then de-energizes and the circuit of magnet 705 is opened in exactly the same way it is opened when the number The desired pulse has been initiated to the logger controller, relay 704 also completes a circuit for magnet 707 and succession switch SS3 moves to position 6.



  In position 5 3/4 of the succession switch SS3, a blackout is completed retort follows; the battery, resistor 725 ,. the feedback contact 726, the brush 709, the contacts F2 and F3 in the 5 3/4 position of the succession switch SS3, the lower high resistance winding of the relay 703 to ground.



  Relay 703 operates in this circuit and opens contact 713 so that relay 704 is not able to operate in position 6 as it would otherwise in the following circuit; the battery, the winding of the relay 704, the contact 713, the contacts D3 and DI in position 6 of the pass switch SS3, towards the earth,
The circuit of magnet 707 therefore remains formed in positions 6 and 7 and the succession switch SS3 advances to position 9. In this position, a circuit is completed as follows: earth, contacts DI and D3 in the pcsi tion 9 of the SS3 succession switch, the contact 713, the winding of the relay 704, vars the battery.

   Relay 704 is energized and on contact 715 it completes a circuit as follows: earth,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 65>

 the contact 715, the contacts B4 and B5 in position 9 of the succession switch SS3, the winding of the magnet 707 towards the battery.



   The succession switch SS3 its then returns to position 14, in this position the relay 704 is de-energized and consequently a circuit extends as follows; earth, contact 716, contacts B4 and B5 in position 14 of the succession switch SS3, the winding of the magnet 706, vars the battery.



  The SS3 succession switch advances to position 17, In this position, relay 704 is energized in the following circuit: the battery, the coil of relay 704, contact 713, contacts D3 and D2 in position 17, the out of normal contact 718, towards the ground the GLRT relay closes the 715 contact and a circuit is then completed with the following retort: the earth, the contact 715, the CI and 04 contacts in position 17 of the SS3 suoess switch, The winding of the magnet 705, towards the battery.



   Magnet 705 is excited and returns the trip axis to normal, when this occurs, contact 718 opens and rail 704 is released to complete a following circuit: earth, contact 716, contacts B3 and B5 in position 17 of the succession switch SS3, the coil of magnet 707, towards the battery. Magnet 714 energizes and succession switch SS3 went to position 18. In this position, a circuit is completed for relay 703 as follows; earth, the lower winding of relay 703, contacts F3 and F2 in position 18 of succession switch SS3, brush 709, feedback contact 726, resistor 725, to the battery.

   The relay 703 operates and at contact 713 it opens a point in the circuit of the magnet 704 to prevent this relay from functioning., The circuit of the magnet 707 is therefore held in this position and the succession switch advances into its normal position.



   When the SS3 succession switch left position 8, the relay circuit 702 was opened and accordingly

  <Desc / Clms Page number 66>

 the relay 507 of selector R2 has been de-energized) the succession switch SSI sa will be in position 6 at this moment and consequently a circuit is completed and followed; the earth, the tact oon 523, the contacts D2 and DI in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, the winding of the magnet 510, towards the battery. The magnet 510 is energized and the succession switch SS2 advances accordingly to position 9.



   When the succession switch reaches position 7, a circuit is completed for the trigger axis magnet 508 as follows: earth, out-of-normal contact 525, contacts G # and 02 in position 7 of the reset switch. SS2p succession the winding of the magnet 508, towards the battery. This circuit is maintained all the way to position I to ensure that the trigger axis returns to normal.



  The trigger axis rotates until it reaches its normal position, after which the circuit of magnet 508 is opened at contact 525. In position 9, a circuit is completed as follows; earth, contact 516, contacts M3 and M2 in position 9 of the succession switch SS2, the flow of relay 505 to the battery. Relay 505 energizes and completes a circuit as follows for magnet 510: earth, contact 519, contacts B3 and B2 in position 9 of succession switch SS2, winding of magnet 510, to battery.



  Magnet 510 energized, and succession switch SS2 moved accordingly to position II.



   In position II, a circuit is completed as follows; earth, contact 523, contacts D2 and D3 in position II of the succession switch SS2, the winding of the magnet 509, towards the battery, the magnet 509 energizes and the brush carriage therefore rotates to the normal position. When the broom cart returns to normal, a circuit is completed as follows: the battery, the coil of the magnet 511, the contacts E2 and EI in position II of the succession switch SS2, the contact 536, the brush 535, the winding of relay 507,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 67>

 go to the earth.

   The relay 507 energizes and a circuit is completed as follows. the terra, contact 522, contacts 03 and 02 in position II of the succession switch SS2, the winding of the magnet 510, towards the battery, the magnet 510 is energized and the succession switch SS2 returns to the normal. All the equipment is now in its normal position and can be taken in service for another call,
If, on the other hand, the calling subscriber hangs up after the second set of reversive pulses has been reviewed in arrears, the release arrangements must be modified so that the final reader is released. We will now describe the way in which this modification was produced.

   With regard to the recorder, it will be recalled that the relay 406 is energized after the trigger axis of the selector R3 has been placed in position. When relay 406 operates, a circuit is completed as follows; earth, contact 180, top winding of relay 165, contact 182, contact 187, contact 196, conductor 171, fixed contact springs 253, contact 261, conductor 228, contact 453, contact 483, contact 477, the upper winding of relay 411 towards the battery. Relay 4II partially energizes and closes contact 487 only to prepare a locking circuit for itself.



   Consequently, if the calling subscriber hangs up at this moment, the earth is immediately removed at contact 180, the relay 411 energizes and operates completely in the following circuit; the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 411 in series, contact 487, conductors 232, contact 282, to earth. The relay 411 connects the earth during its operation; so as to keep the relay 209 and the magnet 204 energized in the following circuit: earth; the contact 476 or 482, the contact 484, the contact 453, the conductor 228, the contact 261, the winding of the relay 209 towards the battery, and in a branch circuit by the fixed contact springs 253, the winding of magnet 204, towards the

  <Desc / Clms Page number 68>

 drums.

   Another branch circuit extends through the conductor 171, the contact 196, the contact 187, the contact I83p the bearing of the relay 164, towards the battery. The relay 164 is energized and on contact 184 it places the earth on the conductor II4 and thus prevents the repeater from being taken into service. The relay 411 also opens, by energizing the contact 485 and closes the contact 486 which connects the conductors 221 and 222 together, that is to say it places a short circuit between the conversation conductors,
It will be remembered that the relay 751 of the selector R4 operates as soon as the switch is taken in service and that the relay 753 operates when the succession switch SS3 extends the basic circuit up to the final selector by advancing to position 9. .

   Relay 753 completes, on functioning, a circuit for magnet 756, at contact 769, after which the succession switch SS4 advances to position 2: in this position, the magnet 754 of the trigger axis is energized and the trigger axis begins to rotate and continues to rotate until the loop between conductors 760 and 762 is open.



   If the calling subscriber produces the release during the rotation of the trigger axis of selector R4, relay 411 operates fully and the loop between the talk conductors which enclosed the winding of relay 206 is replaced by a short circuit as as described previously, the circuit of relay 753 is then maintained in position 2 of the succession switch SS4, as follows: the battery, the winding of relay 753, contact 768, contacts J4 and J3 in position 2 of the SS4 successor switch, the conductor 762 ,; by the conversation conductor to the short-circuit via contacts 486, 466 to the recorder and return to the conductor 760, contacts 03 and 02 in position 2 of the succession switch SS4, to earth.



   Under these conditions the trigger axis continues to

  <Desc / Clms Page number 69>

 -turn until the fundamental circuit is open and this is done by a time device associated with the recorder.



  When the relay 209 has operated and closed the contact 281, the time device has been connected to the conductor 231, this device periodically connects the earth to the conductor 231 for an instant at intervals of about 30 seconds,
When the terra is first connected to conductor 231 (which may occur as soon as the logger controller is taken into service or after an interval of up to 30 seconds.) A circuit is completed as follows; earth contact 281, conductor 231, contact 470, contact 46'7 the upper coil of relay 408 towards the battery.

   Relay 408 operates partially to close contact 469 only and when ground is removed from conductor 231, relay 408 energizes fully in the next circuit, battery, upper and lower windings of relay 408 in series, contact 469 , contact 473, conductor 253, contact 275, contact 282, to earth. As soon as the calling subscriber hangs up his receiver, the relay 162 is released and after a short interval the relay 163 releases it; after which a circuit is completed as follows; earth, contact 179, contact 181, conductor 199, fixed contact springs 252, contact 260, coil of relay 218, to the battery.

   Relay 218 operates and at contact 273 completes a circuit for relay 2I9 which in turn operates and opens contact 275, which releases relay 408. Relay 219 also closes at contact 276 a circuit for relay 220 which at its turn operates and closes contact 279. A little later, relays 218, 219 and 220 are released, when relay 218 is released the first relay of the following counting series operates completely and when relay 220 is released and opens the contact 279 the next input control relay operates completely.

   It can therefore be seen that if the relay 408 is locked in the actuated position when the calling subscriber releases the communication his circuit

  <Desc / Clms Page number 70>

 is open at contact 275 and therefore releases and remains de-energized until the next earth pulse is received.



   When relay 408 operates, it opens the fundamental circuit at contact 466 and relay 753 of selector R4 sa releases and closes the following circuit: earth, contact 770, contacts BI and B5 in position 2 of the succession switch SS4 , the winding of the magnet 756 towards the battery. Magnet 756 energizes and succession switch SS4 advances to position 3. Succession switch SS4 remains in this position until the basic circuit is closed again as will be described now.



   When earth is reconnected to conductor 231, relay 409 operates partially by means of contacts 470 and 468 to close contact 472 only and when earth is removed from conductor 231, relay 409 operates fully and stays energized. by means of the following circuit: the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 409 in series, contact 472, contact 480, conductor 233, contact 275, contact 282, to earth. At contact 471, relay 409 transfers pulse conductor 231 to relay 410 and at contact 473 it opens the retaining circuit of relay 408.



  Relay 408 then releases and closes the fundamental circuit at contact 466.



   A circuit is thus closed for the relay 753 and extends as follows: the battery, the winding of the relay 753, the contacts G5 and GI in position 3 of the succession switch SS4, the conductor 762 by the conversation conductor to short circuit via contacts 486 and 466 to the recorder, return to conductor 760, via contacts 03 and 02 in position 3 of the SS4 succession switch, to earth) relay 753 operates in this circuit and on contact '769 it completes a circuit as follows, earth, contact 769, contacts B2 and B5 in position 3 of the succession switch SS4, the winding of

  <Desc / Clms Page number 71>

 magnet 756, towards the battery. Magnet 756 energizes and SS4 succession switch advances to position 5.



   When energizing, relay 753 locks in the energized state in the following circuit: the battery, the winding of relay 753, contact 768, oontaots J4 and J3 in position 3 of the SS4 succession switch, the driver 762, through the conversation conductor to the short circuit through contacts 486 and 466 to the recorder, return to conductor 760, contacts 03 and 02 in position 3 of the succession switch SS4, to earth, and like the contacts J4 and J3, and 03 and 02 are continuously closed until position 5 is reached, relay 753 remains energized and succession switch SS4 therefore remains in position 5 until the fundamental circuit is open again.

   In position 5, the following circuit is completed: terra, contact 769, contacts 03 and 01 in position 5 of the succession switch SS4, the locking of the magnet 755, towards the battery and the cart. brush therefore begins to rotate.



   When the terra is again connected to the conductor 231, the relay 410 operates partially through the contact 471 to close the contact 479 only. A circuit is thus completed for the relay 412 as follows: the battery, the winding of the relay 412, the contact 488, the contact 479, the conductor 232, the contact 282, to earth. Relay 412 operates and closes contact 489 so as to maintain the retainer circuit of rail 409 when relay 410 operates fully, - which it does shortly thereafter,
When earth is removed from conductor 231, relay 410 operates completely in the following circuit: battery, upper and lower windings of relay 410 in series, contact 479, conductor 232, contact 282, to earth.



  The opening of contact 480 has no effect since the latter is currently shunted to contact 489. The circuit of relay 209 and magnet 204 of figure 3 and of relay 164 of figure 2

  <Desc / Clms Page number 72>

 is opened at contact 482, the earth having already been removed at contact 476, as a result, all these devices de-energize} the energized relays in the recorder are released and the fundamental circuit is finally opened.



   The relay 753 of the final selector is then released and a circuit is completed as follows, earth, contact 770, contacts BI and B3 in position 5 of the succession switch SS4, the winding of magnet 784, towards the drums,; while a branch of this circuit extends via contacts BI and B5 in position 5 of the succession switch SS4,. the winding of the magnet 756, vars the battery. Magnet 756 therefore energizes as the SS4 succession switch advances.



   When the SS4 succession switch leaves position 5, resistor 787 no longer bypasses the high resistance rail.
751 Since the M2 and M5 contacts are open, as well as the LI and L3 contacts, the effect of this is to mount the high resistance relay 751 directly in series with the low resistance winding of the relay 703 in the selector R3, the circuit being as follows the \ erre, the contacts DI and D4 in position 9 of the succession switch SS3 ,, the upper low-resistance winding of the relay 703, the brush 720, the fixed contact 723, the conductor 761, contact 790, contact 763, reset resistance relay 751 to the battery.

   Relay 703 de-energized accordingly since in this circuit it does not obtain sufficient current to keep it energized after which a circuit is completed as follows, earth, contacts DI and D3 in position 9 of the succession switch SS3 , the contact 713, the winding of the relay 704, towards the battery. Relay 704 energizes and completes a circuit as follows; earth, contact 715, contacts B4 and B5 in position 9 of the succession switch SS3, the winding of magnet 707 to the battery? The magnet 707 energizes and the succession switch SS3 leaves position 9. When the succession switch leaves position 9, the circuit of relay 704 is open at contact D3 but the success switch

  <Desc / Clms Page number 73>

 sion continues to advance.



   On energizing, relay 704 opens the circuit from relay 701 to contact 716, relay 701 de-energizes and opens contact 710 in the circuit of relays 702 and 507 which consequently de-energize. By de-energizing, relay 507 completes a circuit as follows for magnet 510: earth, contact 523, contacts D2 and DI in position 6 of the succession switch SS the winding of magnet 510 to battery. The magnet 510 is energized and the succession switch SS2 advances to position 9 as has already been described.

   However, as relay 167 did not function and the fundamental circuit is open to the recorder) relay 503 does not energize and consequently the following circuit is closed: earth, contact 516, contacts N3 and N2 in the position 9 of the succession switch SS2, the winding of the relay 505 to the battery.

   The relay 505 therefore energizes and completes a circuit in position 9 for the magnet 510 as already described. The succession switch then advances and the selector R2 is returned to normal in the same way as when 'it is released, either at the end of a conversation, or after a called subscriber has had his line tried and found busy,
It will be recalled that in establishing a normal call, relay 701 is energized at this time in the next circuit;

   the battery, resistor 725, contacts E4 and E2 in positions 10-Ib of the succession switch SS3, the winding of the high resistance relay 701, oontaots LI and L4 in positions 10-15 of the succession switch SS3 , the conductor 534, the fixed contact 533, the brush 532, the contacts F2 and FI in the positions 6-9 of the succession switch SS2, the winding of the low resistance relay 507, towards the earth, and when the switch of succession has reached position 13, the normal circuit for energizing relay 704 in this position would extend as follows.

   the battery, the winding of the relay 704, the contacts G4 and GI in position 13 of the succession switch SS3, the

  <Desc / Clms Page number 74>

 contact 710, contacts K4 and KI in position 13 of the SS3 succession switch to earth.



   In the present case however, the succession switch SS2 goes beyond position 9, after which the circuit previously described for the relay 707 is opened at the contacts F2 and FI of the succession switch SS2, therefore the contact 710 is opened in position 13. of the succession switch SS3i it follows that the relay 704 is de-energized in position 14 and that the succession switch SS3 advances beyond this position, the return of the selector R3 to normal then takes place in the manner already described.



   If we now refer to the selector R4, it will be remembered that the succession switch SS4 left position 5 and initiated the release of the selectors R2 and R3. When the SS3 succession switch leaves the 13 1/4 position, earth is removed from the top winding of relay 703 at contacts DI and D4, so that relay 751 of selector R4 releases.



  If the brush carriage has been stopped in an out of normal position, relay 753 remains de-energized and succession switch SS4 advances to position II. If, on the other hand, the brush trolley has stopped in a normal position, a circuit has then been completed as follows in position 5 3/4 of the SS4 succession switch: the battery, the winding of relay 753, the contacts G5 and G4 in the 5 3/4 position of the SS4 succession switch, the contacts EI and E3 in the 5 3/4 position of the SS4 succession switch, the re-entry contact 783 of the brush carriage switch., The broom 772, towards the earth.



   Relay 753 operates in this circuit and opens contact 770, so that the SS4 succession switch is turned off in position 6; relay 753 also completes a circuit as follows; Earth, contact 769, contacts 03 and CI in position 6 of the succession switch SS4, the winding of the magnet 755, towards the battery.

   Magnet 755 then energizes and the broom cart deviates from normal! when the broom 772 quits

  <Desc / Clms Page number 75>

 te his re-entry contact 783; the circuit of relay 753 is open Relay 7b3 is released and at contact 769 it opens the circuit of magnet 755 of the brush carriage and at contact 770 it completes a circuit as follows: the earth, contact 770, contacts BI and B5 in position 6 of succession switch SS4, winding magnet 756 to the battery. A branch circuit is also completed for the retainer magnet 784. The magnet 756 energizes and the succession switch SS4 advances.



  As relay 751 has already been released the circuit which is closed for relay 753 in position 9 in the case of a call to a cocuped subscriber, is open at contact 7641 therefore, relay 753 cannot operate in position 9 and the SS4 succession switch advances to position II.



   A circuit is established as follows in position II of the succession switch SS4 for the magnet of the brush carriage: earth, contact 770, contacts 04 and CI in position II of the succession switch SS4, the winding of magnet 755 to the battery. Magnet 755 energizes and the brush carriage rotates until it reaches its retracted position, a circuit then being completed as follows: earth, broom, 772, and reentry contact 783 of the 'brush trolley switch, contacts E3 and EI in position II of the succession switch SS4, contacts G4 and G5 in position II of the succession switch SS4, the winding of relay 753 to the battery. 753
The relay / operates and completes the following circuit:

   earth, contact 769, contacts D2 and D3 in position II of the succession switch SS4, the winding of the retaining magnet 784 towards the battery. Magnet 784 energizes and maintains the broom cart in its retracted position. A parallel circuit is also completed as follows: earth, contact 769, contacts B2 and Bb in position II of succession switch SS3, magnet winding 756, towards the battery. Magnet 756 energizes and Suction Switch SS4 moves forward.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 76>

 up to position 12. When it leaves position IIr, the circuit of relay 753 opens to contact E3 and this relay is released.



   In position 12 of the succession switch SS4, a circuit is complete as follows, earth, contact 765, contacts B4 and B5 in positions 12-16 of the succession switch SS4, the winding of the magnet 756, to the battery. Magnet 756 energizes and the SS4 succession switch goes to position 17. In this position a circuit is completed as follows for relay 753. the battery, the winding of relay 753, contacts G5 and 03 in position 17 of the SS4 succession turn switch, the contact out of normal 773, to earth.

   Relay 753 operates and completes a circuit as follows for the trip shaft magnet. earth, contact 769, contacts C3 -and C2 in position 17 of the succession switch SS4, the coil of magnet 754, towards the battery.



   The trip shaft magnet 754 energizes and the trip shaft rotates to its retracted position, whereupon the relay circuit 753 is opened at contact 773 and this channel is released. A circuit is then completed for magnet 756 as follows: earth, contact 770, contacts BI and B5 in position 17 of succession switch SS4, the coil of magnet 756, to the battery.

   Magnet 756 energizes and succession switch SS4 leaves position 17, relay circuit 753 is opened at contact G3 and this relay releases but operates again when the succession switch reaches. position 17 3/4, in the following circuit. earth, brush 772, reentry contact 783, contacts E3 and EI in position 17 3/4 of the succession switch SS4, contacts 04 and 05 in position 17 3/4 of the succession switch SS4, the winding of relay 753, to the battery. Relay 753 operates and completes a circuit as follows: earth, contact 769, contacts E2 and E5 in position 18 of succession switch SS4 ;, the coil of magnet 756, to the battery.

   Magnet 756 energizes and succession switch

  <Desc / Clms Page number 77>

 SS $ went to position I and relay 7b3 frees itself, so that everything is now back to normal.



   If the calling subscriber releases during the rotation of the brush carriage the release operation is carried out in the manner indicated ai-dassus, except that it begins in a later phase, that is to say in position 5, after
If the calling subscriber produces the release / the broom cart has been put in position but before the succession switch SS4 has reached position 9, the release is effected in a manner which will now be described.



   Relay 751 is de-energized as described above so that the circuit for relay 753 in position 9, by means of contacts F1 and F2, contact 766 and contact 764, is open. The SS4 succession switch then goes from position 9 to position II where a circuit is completed for the magnet of the brush carriage as follows: earth) contact 770, contacts 04 and CI in position II of the brush. SS4 succession switch, the winding of the magnet 7bb, to the battery.

   The magnet 755 energizes and the brush carriage returns to its retracted position, when it reaches its retracted position, a circuit is completed as follows for the relay 753, the ground, the broom 772, the retraction contact 783 , contacts E3 and EI in position 11 of the succession switch SS3, contacts G4 and G5 in position II of the succession switch SS3, the winding of relay 753 towards the battery. Relay 753 operates and closes a circuit for magnet 7b6 as follows. earth, contact 769, contact B2 and B5 in position II of the succession switch SS4, the winding of magnet 756 towards the battery.

   Magnet 7b6 energizes and suocession switch SS4 moves to position 12, after which release occurs as previously described.



   If the calling subscriber does not complete the call and abandons the call without hanging up his receiver, the release

  <Desc / Clms Page number 78>

 . is carried out under the control of the time device and time pulse relays 408,409 and 410.



   Consider first the case in which the hundreds recorder was not actuated by reversing pulses and therefore relay 406 was not actuated. When earth is first connected to conductor 231, which occurs at an interval not exceeding 30 seconds after the last digit is formed on the dial, relay 408 is partially actuated to close contact 469 only and when the tgrre is removed from conductor 231, relay 408 operates completely through the following circuit. the battery, the upper and lower windings of the relay 408 in series, the contact 469, the contact 473, the conductor 233, the contact 273, the contact 282, to earth.



   While operating, relay 408 transfers the dg time pulse conductor to relay 409, at the location of contact 468, and when earth is again connected to conductor 2: SI, relay 409 partially operates to close contact 472 Bearing, when earth is removed from conductor 231, relay 409 operates fully in the next circuit. the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 409 in series, contact 472, contact 480, conductor 233, contact 275, contact 282, to ground.



   The relay 409, while operating, transfers the time pulse conductor to the relay 410, at the location of the contact 471, and at the contact 473 it opens the circuit of the relay 408 which is released, but without effect. When earth is connected to conductor 231 for the third time, relay 410 operates partially to close contact 479 only and when earth is removed from conductor 231, relay 409 operates fully in the next circuit. battery, upper and lower windings of relay 410 in series, contact 479, conductor 232, contact 282, to earth When operating, relay 410 opens the reset circuit

  <Desc / Clms Page number 79>

 holding of relay 409 at contact 480 and relay 409 is released.



  Relay 410 also closed a circuit as follows at contact 478; battery, low resistance 492, contact 478, contact 4b2, conductor 228, contact 261, fixed contact springs 2b3, conductor 171, contact 196, contact 187, contact 182, winding top of relay 165, contact 180, to earth. Relay 165 operates under these conditions and closes a latch circuit for itself at contact 186 as follows: battery, lower coil of relay 165, contact 186, contact 180, to ground. At contact 185 a signal circuit is closed to attract the attention of an attendant and at contact 187 ground is removed from conductor 171, after which relay 209 and plunger magnet 204 de-energize.



   When the relay 209 releases, it opens the locking circuit of the relays locked in the energized state in the recorder, at contact 282. The release of the plunger magnet 204 causes the opening of the fixed contact springs. 2b0-253 inclusive, and the release of switches R2 and R3 is done as previously described in the event that the calling subscriber produced the release when switches R2 and R3 had been actuated until a choice was made. final selector.



   It will be understood that while the register release has taken place, switches R2 and R3 have been operated in accordance with the digits which were recorded before the calling subscriber produced the release.



   If the calling subscriber is slow to operate the dial after the hundreds digit has been transmitted, selectors such as R2 and R3 are set and a final selector is taken into service. The relay 406 is energized and the conductor 228 is extended by the contact 453, the contact 483, the contact 477, the upper winding of the relay 4II, towards the battery.



   Relay 411 partially energizes in this circuit, but nothing else happens until 41 'has elapsed.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 80>

 , an interval sufficient to allow relays 408,409 and 410 to operate. When this occurs, contact 477 is open and relay 411 operates fully in a circuit already described passing through contact 487. When energized, relay 410 opens contact 480, which allows relay 409 to release its. , since although the circuit of relay 412 is closed at contact 488 as soon as relay 411 energizes,

   relay 412 is slow to operate and cannot form contact 489 in time to latch relay 409 in the energized state, as occurs when release occurs as a result of a calling subscriber hanging up. receiver before the final selector has fully operated but after it has been taken into service, the difference in the latter case being that the relay 411 has already fully operated when the relay 410 partially operates.



   By following? Upon releasing relay 409, a circuit is prepared for relay 408 so that after the specified time interval has elapsed, relay 408 is partially energized and possibly fully de-energized to open contact 466, which opens a point in the fundamental circuit. After a new interval, the relay 409 activates and locks in the excited state by means or contact 489, it opens the contact 473 and thus allows the relay 408 to be released, after which the fundamental circuit is closed again. .



   The effect of opening and closing the basic circuit at this time has already been described in the case where a calling subscriber hangs up after the final selector has been taken in service and it will be remembered that it was sufficient to open the circuit. fundamental once again to bring about the return to normal of selector R4 and, consequently, of the whole set of switches.



   When relay 409 energizes, a circuit is completed as follows: battery, low resistance 492, con-

  <Desc / Clms Page number 81>

 tact 474, contact 481, contact 484, contact 453, conductor 228, contact 261, fixed contact springs 253, conductor 171, contact 196, contact 187, contact 182, upper winding of relay I6b, contact 180, to earth. The rattle 16b gets excited accordingly and opens the contact 187, which allows the recorder controller to be released as has already been described in the case where the calling subscriber is slow to operate the dial before transmitting the number in the hundreds.

   The basic circuit is again opened to the fixed contact springs 250 and 251 ot therefore the final selector and the other switches in the train can return to normal.



   It should be noted that when the relay 409 is energized, it simultaneously effects the closing of the fundamental circuit at the contact 466 by releasing the relay 408, and the release of the recorder controller by activating the relay 165 by means of the contact 474 the result of this would be that the plunger 204 and the relay 209 would release before the relay 753 of the final selector R4 has time to energize.

   In order therefore to give the certainty that the relay 753 of the selector R4 energizes, it is necessary to provide a means of delaying the release for a short period of time, which is achieved by having a ground. connected to inverter 228 before relay 409 operates and is then removed from the earth a short interval after relay 409 has operated. The earth is connected to contact 490 when the relay 410 is oxidized. When relay 410 energizes, relay 409 releases and a circuit for relay 413 can be traced as follows: ground, contact 476, contact 481, contact 475, coil of relay 413, to battery .

   Relay 413 operates and at contact 490 it closes the following circuit: earth, resistance 493, contact 490, contact 484, contact 453, conductor 228, contact 261, the windings of relay 209 and of t ' magnet 204 in

  <Desc / Clms Page number 82>

 parallel, to the battery? the output of relay 413 is maintained until relay 409 energizes for the second time.



  When this occurs, earth is removed from conductor 228 at both contacts 476 and 482 but due to the fact that relay 413 is slow to release, earth is held by means of contact 490 for a short interval of dull so. delaying the release of relay 209 and magnet 204. The fundamental circuit is closed for a sufficient time to allow relay 753 to energize and to advance succession switch SS4. When relay 413 de-energizes, the recorder controller is released and the fundamental circuit is open) allowing switch R4 to return to normal.



   Note that in the above description, it was assumed that the number of the called subscriber was 26.248. All digits recorded in the recorder were therefore even numbers. We now deny the description of the modifications which occur when the digits of thousands and hundreds are odd, while there is no modification whether the digits of tens and ones are odd or even.



   During the first pulse of each series formed on the dial in the recorder by a subscriber calling the relay 218 completes the following circuit; earth, contact 274, contact 266, upper coil of relay 216, to battery. Relay 216 works partially to close contact 268 only, - as relays 219 and 220 are energized during the whole series ('' 'pulses, the lower winding of relay 216 is at this time shorted to earth connected to its lower horn by contacts 271 and 280, this winding being short-circuited at this time.

   At the end of the pulse the contact 274 opens and the short circuit is removed from the lower winding of the relay 216 and this relay operates fully and contacts them 269 and 267. The closing of the

  <Desc / Clms Page number 83>

 contact 269 has no effect, since relay 219 remains actuated during all the kind of pulses; but at contact 267 a circuit is prepared for relay 217 and this circuit is closed at contact 274 when relay 218 is operating on the pulse seoon.

   Relay 217 then operates and transfers the circuit from relay 216 to earth via contacts 270 and 274 so that when contact 274 is opened at the end of the second pulse, leads 216 and 217 are released.



     This succession of operations continues as long as pulses are sent to relay 218 and as a result, at the end of an odd series of pulses, 19 relays 216 are kept actuated by contact 280 until that the relay 220 is released. If, on the contrary, the number of pulses in the series is even, the relays 216 and 217 are released when the contact 274 is opened immediately after the end of the series of pulses.



   The purpose of the operation of relay 216 is to determine the operation of certain connection relays associated with the series of counter relays. If the designated digit is odd, relay 216 is latched in the energized state and after relay 219 will drop out before relay 220 has opened contact 279 to allow relay 401 to operate fully, a circuit is formed as follows . the earth, the contact 277, the contact 279, the conductor 236, the contact 414, the conductor 248, the winding of the rolais 210 towards the battery.

   Relay 210 operates and closes a latch circuit as follows for itself. the battery, the winding of the relay 210, the contact 284, the contact 282, to earth. When relay 220 releases, the latch circuit of relays 216 and 217 is opened at contact 280, and if the series of pulses has been odd and relay 216 is therefore still actuated; its circuit is now open and the relay 216 is released.



   If we suppose that the thousands figure was 7, we notice by referring to figure 11 that the relays 211,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 84>

 
212 and 215 will remain actuated at the end of the series of pulses initiated by the calling subscriber. Referring to the impulse table, it will be noted that when the thousands digit is 7, three reversing pulses must be sent from a selector such as R2 / consequently the circuit of relay 208 will be completed when the third reversive pulse at. received and relays 211, 212, 214 and 215 have been actuated.

   A circuit is then completed for the relay 208 as follows, the battery, the winding of the rail 208, the conductor 229, the contact
4bI, lower winding of relay 405, contact 423, conductor 241, contact 292, contact 287, contact 302, contact 316, conductor 240, contact 450, conductor
232, contact 282, to earth. It can be seen that this circuit requires the relays 211, 212, 214 and 215 to be actuated.



   It should be noted that he has another correction to make at this time, see. if 19 thousands digit was 0.



  In this case we will notice. that the pulse table referred to shows that nouf reversing pulses should be returned when the digit 0 is formed on the dial, and since the digit 0 consists of ten pulses, special measures had to be taken in the recorder controller to to correct.

   If we refer to figure II and to the series of stupid thousands in fig;), we see that when the tenth pulse has been emitted by the calling subscriber, los relays 211,
212, 214 and 215 were actuated. When relay 214 has fully operated at the end of the tenth pulse, a circuit is closed for relay 330, this circuit extending as follows; battery, relay winding 330, conductor 355, contact 424, conductor 241, 19 contact 292, contact 287, contact 302, contact 316, conductor 240, contact
450, the conductor 232, lo contact 282, to earth.

   Relay
330 operates and at cortect 367 it opens 19 holding circuits of counter relays 211-215 inclusive, which causes the release of these. After an interval during which the

  <Desc / Clms Page number 85>

 relays 219 and 220 so releasing, contact 279 opens and relay 401 operates completely.



   It can be observed at this point that the contacts 368 and 425 shunt each other since the re- conductor
 EMI85.1
 holding 244 is put c li ,. ground P [\ '39 the fact that it is connected to conductor 240 by either of the contacts 367 or 425. The inili i? xs recorder is therefore returned to normal when the relay 330 operates as a result of dial formation of the digit 0 before relay 401 operates at the end of the, seris of thousands pulses. When relay 401
 EMI85.2
 works after the digit 0 has been formed at the oadrsn, it closes contact 42b to provide a hold circuit for the thousands logger relays which are actuated when
 EMI85.3
 of rlx inductions, Ji "siv <; x are stirred.

   Relay 401 also opens the relay circuit; j; j0 at contact 424 and relay ôô0 releases after a short interval to close the retaining circuit at contact 367.



   A little bit after; the reversive impulses are stirred by
 EMI85.4
 l 1 en rirt ,,, 7istr-.9-Lir àx mi.ll i ers of which all 1 ('; 8 relays are brought back to normal. The first reversive impulse therefore actuates relay 211 and subsequent impulses actuate the relays 212, 213, 214, 215 ooiiiiiic- has been described previously.



  Since the number of pulses in digit 0 is even, relay 210 will not have been actuated and contact 283 will have been closed so that when nine reversing pulses have been passed, a circuit is closed for relay 208 to cause the 'opening
 EMI85.5
 of the OOfÙffl6 fondainontal circuit has been described previously.

   Because of the fact that the thousands figure has been trans-
 EMI85.6
 formed into a digit iJ: 1pc.ir, namely 7, it should be noted that according to the table of impulses an change is necessary in the number of reversing pulses of the hundreds, If we suppose that the digit of the hundreds is 2, the nO! F "bl'O of reversive irapulsions required will be seven instead of eight, as a consequence, when the seventh reversive pulse of the oomiTiu-

  <Desc / Clms Page number 86>

 
 EMI86.1
 R3 controller has been entered if = 3started, relays 2I, J24 8t 325 are activated and a circuit is closed 001011r.9 follows for relay 208;

   the battery, the winding of the relay 208, the lead 229, the contact 459, the lower winding of the nose 406, the contact 43), the lead 246, the contact 285, the lead 245, the
 EMI86.2
 contact 361, contact 378, contact 374, contact 379, contact
 EMI86.3
 conductor 350, contact 458, 1 conductor 232, contact 282, go. Earth. Bias 208 operates = t opens the fundamental circuit, and the rotation of 1 ', lx of the expansion is stopped as described in pr, c6d.en1J: lGnt.



  Different conditions arise again if the hundreds digit is odd, 1 = ';.: 1' example 3; in this case, if the hundreds digit has been even, we see from the table of il: y.u1 soons that eight Reversing Impulses must be
 EMI86.4
 sent back before 1 {- fundamental circuit was opened.
 EMI86.5
 As a result, all j2I-325 bugs must be activated before a circuit is oo ;; pl f.t for bully 208.



  As the number das hundreds is odd, the relay 216 is actuated at the end of the s (pulse rig and Y. ': St0 actuated ji,; 1.cp>' until the relay 220 is released. A circuit <jet coM] -l6té for 1? relay 320 d: 5 interval 00n0 follows. the battery, the winding of the relay 320, the conductor 354, the contact 426, In contact 415, the conductor 236, li contact 269, 7. contact 277, Lr r earth. The simplest 320 fO'lCt5011110 and cO ;; 1rlùtr :; a locking circuit for him-mn0 CCYi? 1 '' 'follows: the battery, onroulemant du niais 320, contact 364, csorlta.ct 3G8, the driver'
 EMI86.6
 232, contact 282, go to the terra.
 EMI86.7
 



  When all the connectors have been activated, a circuit is oomrlt6 cc; nr;: i follows for the relay 208: 18 battery, the winding of the relay 208, the conductor 229, ir; contact 459, the inferiour winding of the niais 406, 1 contact 45 ,, lo conductor 246, contact 377, contact 375, contact 378, contact: fez4, contact 379, conductor 3ôO, contact 458, li conductor 232, contact 282 towards the earth. The fool 208. 'Worked in

  <Desc / Clms Page number 87>

 this circuit and the. rotation of the trigger axis is stopped as described above.



   If the figure of the thousands was however odd; the relay 210 will have been locked in the activated state; the relay 320 will lock in the activated state after the number of oentai- nes (3) has been recorded. From the impulse table it can be seen that seven reversing impulses are required before the fundal circuit is opened i.e. a total of ten impulses must be registered before a circuit is completed on the day. relay 208.

   Although this condition, know; that the relays 321, 322,324 and 325 are actuated, is the same as that occurring when the digit of? thousands was 6 and the hundreds digit was 2, she is satisfied in a different way.

   The leads 210 and 320 are in the present case actuated and the circuit of the relay 208 therefore extends as follows. battery, coil of relay 208, conductor 229, contact 4b9, lower coil of relay 406, contact 453, conductor 246, contact 285, conductor 245, contact 362, contact 375, contact 378, contact 374, contact 379, conductor 350, contact 458, conductor 232, contact 282, towards the earth. Relay 208 operates in this circuit and rotation of the trigger exe is stopped as previously described.



   Apart from the corrections which have just been treated, other corrections are necessary when the reversive impulses of the units are moved back; if the number of hundreds was odd, we. see from the impulse table that when the units digit is eight, (8) three reversing impulses must be stirred before the basic circuit is opened.

   At the end of the odd series of hundreds of pulses, relay 320 operates and prepares a circuit for relay 340 to contact 365. When the units digit (8) has been transmitted by the subscriber calling relays 341, 343 and; 545 are actuated, the final selector brush carriage then rotates and pulses

  <Desc / Clms Page number 88>

 his reversives are sent back.

   When three reversive pulses have been moved by counter relays 341-345
 EMI88.1
 inclusive, so that eleven pulses are abnormal. in these, then the circuit of the râlais 340 is plotted as follows upon completion dr3 the third revr'rsivo pulse. the battery, the winding of the relay 340, the contact 375, the contact 386, the contact 385, the contact 387, the contact 384, the contact 388, the conductor 232, the contact 282, to earth.

   The relay 340 operates and extends the pulse conductor 360 to the tens counter relays 331-335 inclusive, by means of the contacts 346, 347 and 371.
 EMI88.2
 



  The pulses return then actuating the tens count relays up to 00. that 1? desired number :, that is to say "r 13, has been ràsu. 001": 1 '-: 9 three reversive pulses are necessary to complete the operation of the recording of the units, the ten remaining pulses actuate the 8nr [i8tr0ur dez tens and relays 33I, 332, 334 and 335 are finally actuated. A circuit is then complete oommo follows for 1 * relay 207; the battery, the winding of the relay 207, the conductor 226, the contact 373, the contact 380, lo contact 370, lo contaot 382, contact 383, contact 369, conductor 232, contact 282
 EMI88.3
 down to earth.

   The r8lrJ.is 207 fone f, iûnn0 alc-rs to cause the connection of the repeater ot release the i; Li.'2;: istl'Gur cchims has been described previously.



  Another correction not n1 "mtiol111) r. Above must be made if the number of hundreds is 0. It should be noted from the table of flowers II that when the number of hundreds
 EMI88.4
 is 0, ten or nine pulses r6vl? lLivAIJ should be returned depending on whether the thousands digit is odd or even. It will be remembered that when 0 is formed on the dial for the number of
 EMI88.5
 hundreds; ten pulses are sent vsrs la-. series of the relay comprising the relays 321-325 inclusive and that at the end of the tenth pulse, the relays 321, 322,324 and 325 are locked, in the actuated position, on the conductor 353.

   A little

  <Desc / Clms Page number 89>

 
 EMI89.1
 after the end of the series of pulses, the relay 219 is released then before the relay 402 has time to operate oo .-. plotting, a circuit is completed OO: tr.l9 follows; 18 battery the winding of the relay 413, the oonduotQur 238, 1s contact 278, the conductor 237, the contact 43b, the conductor 351, the contact 376, 13 contact 37b, the contact 78, the contact 374, the wedge- tact 379, the driver- 350, the contact 458, the driver 232,
 EMI89.2
 contact 282, towards the ,, torrs. Lo xr-l.Gis 413 gets excited and opens ccntcct 391.

   It will be remembered that the locking circuit for the rails; 52T, J22, 324, 32b & 'extended by the conductor vs, the contact 491, the üoz.-taet 458, the conductor 2:52, the contact 282, vi z 14, earth; consequently, energizing relay 413 opens this latch circuit and relays 321, 322, 324 and 32b return to normal.

   Therefore, when the reversing pulses are moved from the selector which must be put in position in accordance with the hundreds digit, the blow
 EMI89.3
 floor OOb ,, '. en00ré. eveo relay 321 and it follows that relay 208 will be energized either when ten reversing pulses have been stirred if the thousands digit was even, or when nine
 EMI89.4
 Reversing pulses were made if the number of thousands was odd, as determined by the state of relay 210.
 EMI89.5
 The description of) will be given ma.intonent.

   'special service call establishment operation, in which case the
 EMI89.6
 controller D2 (figure T6 and selector R7 (figure 17) are taken on service to establish a connection to an operator set (shown in figure 18). To set up a special service call, the calling subscriber forms on the dial the number 19.

   When forming or digit I, the SI selector is actuated to choose a free junction line in the first stage,
 EMI89.7
 for example that comprising the conductors 116, il7 and il8 extending towards the repeater D2, after which the relay 601 is actuated in the following circuit; the battery, the upper roll of the 1'-sL i ,; . 60I, driver II6, trotter 156, oon

  <Desc / Clms Page number 90>

 
 EMI90.1
 tact 145, the fixed contact esrarte 123, the conductor 112 the subscriber loop 1; oonductpur! It, the fixed contacts springs I25, the contact 150, the trotter 158, the conductor 118,
 EMI90.2
 1 lower winding of relay 601 towards the torre.



  When excited, relay 601 completed at contact 621 a
 EMI90.3
 circuit for the rail 602. When energized, the relay 602 closes the contact 624 which connects the earth to conductor 117 to hold the selector SI and the oOl: 1mt: .tet0Er of line C. At contact 626, it prepares a latch circuit for relays 611-615 inclusive which are permanently associated with repeater D2. The subscriber then forms on the dial the second series of ii4pllÎSi0llS which are repeated in D2 by the circuit sv: iv: z2t; earth, contact 622, contact 625, contact 643 to relays 6II-6Iô inclusivomn2lt, and in a branch circuit.
 EMI90.4
 Ment by the winding of relay 606, towards the battery.

   Lo re-
 EMI90.5
 the 606 is slow nose to free itself and it is me-intanu poudnnt operate the whole train of pulses while? the relays 611-615 in olusiv91üent are actuated from um; Sr1Í8n r3ihlile.i1'8 8, glue described above in connection with the series of relays shown in
 EMI90.6
 figuras 4 and b.
 EMI90.7
 



  During the pr3Nibr <; iry.ulsïon, a circuit is completed as follows; earth, contact 612, counter 625, contact 643, contact 654, ccntcct 6b6, contact 6b7, contact 6b8, contact 6b9, the upper winding of relay 6II to the battery; relay 611 fciic.t, here ;. !? pDrtiel1em8nt for f.rrne.r links contact 664 only and it works 1: .1 ^ i2mi; mnt the end (The the first pulse in the following circuit. the bat-: of, the upper 3t lower windings of the relay 611 in 86ri9 , contact 664, contact 679, contact 668, contact 6b7, contact 670, contact 673, contact 678, contact 632, contact 626, to earth.



  At oomr.l:? 1100m'3nt of second 1;: - j.ul. Jiùn, a circuit can be trnoed as follows, earth, by contact 6b4, contact 6bso, contact 557, contact 558, contact G6,0, 1, '321îCUle-
 EMI90.8
 

  <Desc / Clms Page number 91>

 upper element of relay 612 towards the battery, relay 612 is partially energized to close contact 666 only and to
 EMI91.1
 at the end of the second i.2.ul, 3ion it is completely excited in the circuit following the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 612 in parallel, contact 666, contact 675, contact 6'0, contact 673, cost-ct 678, contact 632, contact 626 to earth. The relay 612 opens by operating the contact 678 which releases the relay 611.



   At the beginning of the third pulse, a circuit can be drawn as follows. earth, through contact 654, contact 656, contact 657, contact 661, the upper winding
 EMI91.2
 laughing (h.l relay 6in V ':;: Cd la b <>. tt-ri.e. Relay 613 is partially energized to close contact 669 only and at the end of the third pulse it energizes completely in the next circuit; the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 613 in series, contact 669 , contact 673, contact 678, contact 632, contact 626, towards earth. Relay 613 operates fully and opens contact 670, which releases relay 612.
 EMI91.3
 



  At the oO :: I.JJ1'1noement do la quc: trHu9 pulse, a circuit can be ti-ed as follows: the. earth, via contact 654, contact 656, contact 662, the upper winding of relay 614 to 1; t.ieris. The relsis 614 is partially energized to f "1rD.er contact 671 only and at 1 = end of the fourth pulse it is fully axed in the following circuit: the battgrie the upper and lower windings of relfiis 614 are in series, the contact 67I, the tale and 678, contact z2, contact 626 goes to earth Relay 614 is fully energized and opens contact 673 which releases relay 613.



   At the beginning of the fifth pulse, a circuit can be drawn followed by; earth through contact 674, contact 663, the upper winding of relay 615 to the battery. Relay 615 is partially energized to close contacts 676 only and at the end of the fifth pulse it is fully energized.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 92>

 
 EMI92.1
 not in the sujv.nt circuit; li battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 615 in series, contact z6, In contact 632, 19 contact 626, VArs 10 earth. Rallais 615 is called fully and opens contact 678, which releases the relay
 EMI92.2
 614.
 EMI92.3
 



  At the start of the sixth pulse, a circuit can be drawn as follows. the torv8) by contact 65b, 1? contact 657, contact 658, contact 659, wound it xuplriour relay 611, towards the bctterio. Relay 6II partially energizes to form 1? contact 664 only and at the end of the sixth pulse it is completely excited in the circuit, following: 1 [, bdte'i8, the upper and lower windings of relay 6II in series) 16 contact 664, the contact 677, contact 632,
 EMI92.4
 contact 626, to earth.
 EMI92.5
 



  At the end of the seventh pulse, a circuit can be traced as follows: earth through contact 655, contact 657, contact 658, contact, 660, wound it above relay 612 to La, battery . The relay 612 is partially energized to close the contact 666 and at the end of the seventh impulse it was "plainly up to the next circuit.
 EMI92.6
 before: the. battery, the upper and lower windings of the
 EMI92.7
 iilais 612 in series, contact 666, contact 6i5, 1> contact G70, contact 673, contact 665, 1. '= contsot 632, In contact 626, vors earth.



  At the cera,: alICF; FtlOnt of the eight.j 81119 1; - "1" U161c11, 1J .. circuit can be trcoé GGi: l'.4 mit. 1, -> t. ';: C'4' :. pfr In ocntsct 655, contact 657, contact 661, l ": mroul '? - ,. 10nt higher from relay 613 to the battery. Roller 613 is partially energized to close contact 639 only and 1 1 "end of the .. eighth impulse it gets fully excited in the following circuit; the battery, the windings higher than 1.nférie;> 1 of the i% ,; 1: ii.s 613 in s ';' ris le
 EMI92.8
 contact 669, contact 673, contact 665, contact 632,
 EMI92.9
 contact 626, towards 1 ;: land.

   L3 ralpis 613 is fully excited and opens contact 670 which allows reiris 6T2 to release,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 93>

 
 EMI93.1
 At OOi11.:lEmOament of the ninth pulse, a circuit can be txc.o & OO.:I."18 follows: earth through contact 655, contact
 EMI93.2
 662, the upper winding of relay 614 towards the battery. The
 EMI93.3
 relay 614 is energized pi, rt1311a, .iT = it to close contact 671 5eularmnt, and at the end of the muvièiiie pulse, it is energized pleii: e> iiôiit in the following circuit; the battery, the coil1: 8nts upbriour and lower of relay 614 on series, contact 671, contact 665, lake contact 632, count 626, towards the terra. The
 EMI93.4
 relay 614 was fully energized and opened contact 673, which
 EMI93.5
 bere the relay 613.



  Shortly after 12 end of the ninth pulse, relay 606 is <; sexoitoT contact 640 completed, when it was closed, a partial excitation circuit for the upper winding of relay 608, by contact 645, which, was sufficient to flour contact 646, sure. ; ula, itnt. When relay 606 c!: So; cite after ;. that the series of pulses which has just been described has been r, 3pue 1; l ": l-3L G08 got excited pieinBR1% iit in the following circuit. the battery, the on; <ot: li ,, ià:, upper and lower t3 of relay 608 in series, contact 646, 19 contact 652, contact 626 to
 EMI93.6
 Earth. Consequently, the contacts 643 e, t 645 are open and
 EMI93.7
 contacts 642 ot 644 are f9rlJlés.



  The closing of contact 642 OOJi1pHt & a loop between conductors 636 and 638 of & C1.t :; that a circuit can be trained and followed. the battery, the error of relay 903 (figure 17) the contacts P'2 and r'3 in position I of the GO .. suoor3 sion switch SS7, the resistor 922, the contacts J and J2 in the position I of 00l1l1lutat8ur de f., Uoo, ') 8don SS7, the conductor 638, the tale and 634, the contact 642, the winding of the relay 607, the oontact 628, the conductor 6s6, read contacts MI and M2 in the position / cu OOf! 1:! '. utat-3ur of success'ion Sus7, down to earth! relays 903ot 607 are energized in this circuit.

   Relay 607 closes a circuit t 001: "l follows contact 641 for the upper 8nro11.1) ent of relay 612. Earth, contact 641, contact 644, contact 655, contact 657, 1 <. contact 658, 1; contact z 660, winding

  <Desc / Clms Page number 94>

 top of the rela.is 612 towards the battery. The relata 612 gets excited
 EMI94.1
 partially to close the contaob t 666 only ;, i! 1d nothing else 3 Tl occurs 1, this moment.



  Relay 903 to.axr;.; by energizing, at contact 919, a circuit extending as follows: earth, contact 919, contacts C3 and C4 in position 1 of. (; 01: 1 '' .utdr) u ::. ' do su;> can <.ion Sus7 the winding of the magnet 904 V0l'r :: 1. "battery. The!: Ct: a" ?? t% '. t ^ u7.' This succession therefore advances to stage 2. In this position, a circuit is extended for the magnet 905 of the triggered axis following. the t8rre, 1 contact 919, contacts 03 and 02 in position 2 of the QO !!! mt8tr: JU: t. of succession SS7, 1 T anroularaant (the- magnet 905, towards 1 ;. bsti.eri 9. The magnet 905 is energized and the axis of d601enoh'3m91; .t OOnl ", r, nC3 s turn .



   It should be noted at this point that the relay 903, by being excited, closed the contact 908 so that in position 2 it
 EMI94.2
 is maintained next to111c as from conductor 638; the battery, the winding of the relay 903, the contact 198, the contacts F4 and F3 in position 2 of the succession switch
 EMI94.3
 SS7, resistor 922, las col '? Tacts J3 nt J2 d-1 :: position 2 of switch da fJUCÛl) Sf! Íon Sus7, conductor 638. When the trigger axis begins to rotate, the contact is out of normal 909 ast closed and contact 910 is closed intermittently.

   For each intermittent operation of contact 910, relay 607 is caused to de-energize while relay 903 is kept actuated.



   Upon the first opening of contact 641, relay 612 is fully energized in the following circuit; the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 612 in series,
 EMI94.4
 contact 666, 1G contact 574, contact 632, 18 contact 626, towards 1 # earth. When switch 910 opens, relay 607 energizes again and at switch 641 it closes a circuit which can be traced as follows; earth, contact 641, contact 644, contact 655, contact 657, contact 661, the top winding
 EMI94.5
 lower relay 613 ver ;; battery.

   Relay f 613 is working

  <Desc / Clms Page number 95>

 partially in this circuit to close contact 669 alone. When contact 910 closes again, 19 relays 607 de-energize and relay 613 then energizes fully in the
 EMI95.1
 next circuit; 1 b; ttar.i2, the upper and lower windings of relay 613 do so; contact 669, contact 667, contact 672, contact 665, contact 632, contact 626 go to earth.
 EMI95.2
 



  The relay; s 6I6 f; street we energize the contact 652, after which a circuit -,) - to be traced oomms follows for the relay 6Q4; earth, contact 655, contact 652, contact 651, oontact 650, the coil of the 1'018iS 604 to the battery. Relay 604: 'energizes by cor¯û: qL, al1't and arms a locking circuit for retort itself follows. the ba.tterie, the winding of the relay 604, the contact 631; contact 626, to earth. Relay 604 opens 0 ::; LoJlent contact 634 which disconnects relay 607; it extends the conversation conductors to contacts 633 and 629, and at contact 632 it opens the relay circuit for relays 611-615 inclusive; after which case relays return to normal at the same time as relay 608.

   Relay 604 also opens contacts 628 and 634 after which relay 903 de-energizes and opens a circuit from trip axis 905 to contact 919 and completes a circuit as follows, earth,
 EMI95.3
 contact 920, contacts BI and B5 d <, .. ns position 2 of the succession coifimutator SS7> the winding of the magnet 904 towards the. drums. Helper 904 gets energized and the succession switch advances to position 5. Relay 604 completes also a wedge circuit., (Follows for relay 901; battery; coil of relay 901, conductor 637 , contact 630, delay winding 605, to earth.
 EMI95.4
 



  In this circuit; Relay 901 which has a high resistance energizes and on energizing closes a circuit as follows. Earth; contact 915, contacts K3 and K4 in position 5
 EMI95.5
 from Oo,; SS7 succession switch, contact 916, relay 903, to the battery. Lo r 7î¯5.s 903 is then excited etisu contact 919

  <Desc / Clms Page number 96>

 it completes the following circuit: earth, contact 919, weary
 EMI96.1
 03 and CI contacts in position 5 of the oo: .u, tut? t9ur succession SS7, the winding of the magnet 906 towards the battery.



   The broom cart then begins to rotate and for
 EMI96.2
 its rotation a test circuit is co'ripic'té 00111: 'lE' follows; the test bay 936, the HI and H4 contacts in position 5 of the SS7 succession switch, the lower winding of the relay 902, towards earth, goes out? that as soon as a free line is found, such as the one comprising the conductors 932 and 935 terminating at the operator station shown in figure 18, a circuit is
 EMI96.3
 completed O0; J118 follows;

   starter, resistor 864, fixed contact 937, brush 936, contacts HI and H4 in position 5 of succession switch SS7, lower winding of relay 902 to earth.



   Relay 902 therefore energizes ,,) opens the circuit of relay 903 to contact 916 and closes a latch circuit for itself as follows: earth, contact 915, contacts L3 and L4 in position 5 of the success switch. ion SS7, the
 EMI96.4
 00: 1t, c.J) T, 917) the upper winding of the relay 902, the brush 936, the fixed contact 937, the resistor 864 to the battery. As
 EMI96.5
 the upper winding of relay 902 has a low r & Sist211oe, the operator circuit taken in service is thus carded.



  The exploitation of the rail 9Q3 fpriu3 the following circuit; earth, contact 920, contacts BI and B5 in position 5 of the coriii-iut, 3tciir do sUGoes: .1Îon SS7) 1., r.roulalii.lt of the magnet 904, vnrs the battery; the magnet 904 is energized and 19 switches: '. The success rate moves accordingly to position 9. It should be mentioned that a branch circuit extends as follows for the connection.
 EMI96.6
 retaining mantle 907. the br; ttery, the winding of the retaining magnet 907, the contacts B3 nt BI in position 5 of the succession computer SS7, the contact 920, vars the earth.

   Magnet 907 is energized so that the marker trolley is stopped with the brushes in correct alignment, this horn alignment being
 EMI96.7
 ensured by IF earth on the teeth da lr coe.à, i ;; iiiéoe.e 912, the broom

  <Desc / Clms Page number 97>

 913, the contacts GI ot G2 in position 5 of the succession switch SS7, the winding of the relay 903 towards the battery, so that the relay 903 can only be energized when the brushes are correctly aligned.



   When the succession switch goes to the 7 3/4 position, a circuit is completed following the terra, the contact 859, the coil of the relay 851, the conductor 935, the fixed contact 934, the brush 933, the contacts K3 and KI in position 7 3/4 of succession switch SS7, resistor 921, coil of relay 903, to battery. Relay 903 energizes in this circumstance but relay 851, being low resistance, does not energize and relay 903 is latched energized in the next circuit. battery) the winding of relay 903, contact 918, contacts D3 and D4 in positions 8 and 9 of the SS7 succession switch to earth.

   Accordingly, when the succession switch reaches position 9, a circuit is complete as follows: the terra, contact 919, contacts 03 and C4 in position 9 of the succession switch SS7, the winding of the magnet 904, towards the battery.



   The succession switch then advances to position 10, the relay circuit 903 is open and this relay de-energizes. In position 10, the following circuit is completed; the battery, the coil of the relay 854, the conductor 932, the fixed contact 931, the bali 930, the contacts M3 and MI in the position 10 of the succession switch SS3, the conductor 636, the contact 629, the contact 620, the upper winding of relay 603 to earth, while another circuit is plotted as follows the batteries the lower winding of the relay 603, the oontact 633, the conductor 638, the contacts J2 and JI in the position 10 of the switch of succession SS7, the brush 933, the fixed contact 934, the conductor 935, the winding of the relay 851,

   contact 859, to earth. The relays 851 and 854 are therefore energized
Relay 851 completes a latch circuit for itself independently of a contact 859, as follows. the land the oon-

  <Desc / Clms Page number 98>

 tact 856, contact 863, the winding of relay 851 and then through conductor 935 and the circuit, previously described, of the lower winding of relay 603.

   The dummy 851 completes a circuit for the relay 852 as follows. earth, contact 856, the upper bearing of relay 852 towards the battery. Relay 852 completes by energizing a circuit for relay 853 follows, earth, contact 857, the winding of relay 8b3, to the battery. Relay 853 energized and at contact 858 completes a circuit for lamp 862 as follows, earth, contact 858, contact 861, lamp 862, to the battery.



   The operator thus receives a sign and when responding activates the AK response key, which extends conductors 932 and 952 to the conversation system and at the same time closes contact 868, which forces relay 855 to switch on. energize and open contact 861, so that the lamp 862 is extinguished. The calling subscriber can then converse with the operator. When the calling subscriber has finished, he hangs up his receiver which opens the circuit of relay 601 for him.

   This relay de-energizes and opens contact 620 which forces relay 854 to de-energize. Relay 854 completes by de-energizing the following circuit: earth, contact 856, contact 865, the lower winding of relay 852 towards the battery. The magnetic field of relay 8b2 is thus neutralized and contact 857 opens so that relay 853 de-energizes a little later.



   Relay 853 is slow to release, as well as niais 852 and 9n Consequently in the meantime, the circuit of relay 851 and the lower coil of relay 603 is open at contacts 863 and 859. Relay 851 de-energizes therefore so that during an interval, the conductor 935 is isolated.

   When the operator returns his response key to normal, relay 855 de-energizes and the relay crank of figure 18 is then brought to. normal. also
Contact 621 opens / when relay 601 releases and after a short interval, relay 602 releases (opens the circuit

  <Desc / Clms Page number 99>

 interlocking of relay 604 at contact 626, Roller 604 is released and at contact 630 it opens the circuit of relay 901.

   Relay 901 then releases and at contact 914 it completes the following circuit, earth, contact 914, contacts G3 and G2
 EMI99.1
 in position 10 of oO ::: 1 "lutat8ur dD succession SS7, the winding of relay 903, towards the br.tt'-rie. The ralaïs 903 is excited and completes 1 <y circuit follow. earth, contact 919, 1613 oontacta 03 and 04 in position 10 of the succession switch SS7, the winding of the oi] ant 904 towards the bc..tt erie, L 'aiu12, nt 904 S'9xcitr Ë therefore: '. qw: mt and the succession switch leaves position II.



   In position 14, the circuit of magnet 904 is maintained as follows. earth, contact 919, contacts B2 and B5
 EMI99.2
 in position 14 of the OO, llUtd.3tU 'of succession SS7, the winding of the magnet 904 towards the battery. The succession switch therefore advances to position 17 in 3. When the succession switch leaves position 14, the relay circuit 902 is opened at contact D2 and this relay is released.

   In position 17, a circuit is complete as follows. the terra, the contact outside normal 909, the contacts E3 and E4 in the po-
 EMI99.3
 sition 17 of OO ... Ui.U.t8.tm:r Cd 3UOo (6f'ion S87, contact 916, 1 hoarseness of rail 903, to be7tt, rie, Relay 903 is energized in this circuit and on contact 919 it completes the following circuit: earth, contact 919, contacts 03 and 02 in position
 EMI99.4
 17 of the SS7 succession switch, the 3nl'oulment of magnet 905 to the battery.



   Trip axis magnet 905 energizes in this circuit and the trip axis therefore rotates back to normal, after which the circuit from relay 903 is opened to contact 909 and this relay releases. . At. contact 920, one circuit
 EMI99.5
 is complete oomma knows l: ta a, 13 contact 920, contacts BI and B5 in position 17 of the succession switch SS7, the coil of magnet 904, vars the battery; magnet 904 energized and the succession switch moved to position 18.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 100>

 



  In position 18, relay 903 is energized in the next circuit. earth, contacts D4 and DI from position 18 of the SS7 succession switch, contact 916, the winding of relay 903, towards the battery. Relay 903 then completes the following circuit at contact 919; earth, contact 919, contacts 03 and 01 in the. position 18 of the
 EMI100.1
 SS7 succession, the snTou10mant of the magnet 906, towards the battery.



   The broom carriage then turns and when the position
 EMI100.2
 normal is reached a circuit ast co, ', lp16té as follows; battery, normal contact 911, brush 913, contacts H3 and H4 in position 18 of the SS7 succession switch, the lower winding of relay 902, against earth, Relay 902 energizes and opens the circuit of the stiffened 903 which then de-energized and completed the following circuit; earth, contact 920, contacts BI and B5 in position 18 of the
 EMI100.3
 SB7 succession state, the "nrouler.l8End of the 2.Ím2nt 904 towards the battery. The magnet 904 is energized and the OOT11 Suooession switch advances to position I; the selectqur R7 is then brought back to normal in the same way as 1- repetitur D2.



  The circuits dos Systems 1. coninande r 'v8rsibl ".1 differ, in certain installations, from CAUX to'; o its s ev o reference to ficuros 7, 8 and 9, one coe qua when a ['good is late ci complete a coiii .-, iunioc-.tion, the release arrangements for 1'18 oOJ1lr'1utatours int9r; llc; .i "ir8S group selectors, to ooiiinanda r6v'3rsive, corresponding to R3 (figure 8) are Oom ; 'úandces locally instead of being ooi'a.'iandéas from 1 recorder in, the arrangement described.



  An example of a 801lblable installation, will be considered, the second input selector is similar to the selector R2 while the intermediate selector and the fina selector are shown respectively in figures 14 and 15.
 EMI100.4
 



  Various modifications were made to the repeater circuit and the recorder controller. The filiiro 12 shows a modified repeater circuit and '7J: figura,. T3 showed

  <Desc / Clms Page number 101>

 
 EMI101.1
 codified provisions for t9li pulse relays, 6. The rest of the oiz> cr.it of 1 <,,; flaire 13 is the marl that rC: 1Jl '::;!} Dté in figure 5, è. pbrt the J ". '61ds 412 and 413 which bonus here ii.pi.riJi1ls. To avoid unnecessary repetition of des-
 EMI101.2
 sins; them figured! I, 3, 4 and 6 can be used retort on
 EMI101.3
 indicated in the diagram.

   The operation of the DI repeater until. end of the pulse transmission in the recorder is similar to that of repeater D and need not be described again; oFuZ to say that the relay 209 is energized in the circuit following the. Earth; contact 1905, winding GU1:;. 1'iB-UJ: 'du -rK = lais II6b (which corresponds to iL; relay I65), contact II82, contact II87, lo contact II96, oon <: 1.uotor here, fixed contact springs 253, winding of relay 209 to b: a: 2'ie.

   The operation of the recording controller follows principles similar to those already described; jU8 (U '2, 1.:. f .11': 0t1l: C (i of the fundamental circuit which st¯iW ..i-int;, mnt l ... r-ns the e cc nt r8 l ouoe d 'recorder from the fixed oontr-otb springs 250, by the winding of the relay 206, the conductor 225, the contact 4I6, 1 "conductor 227, the contact 263, the OC1: é: 1.: 0ts, uJ: '223.) 1 the conductor 222, 1.:> Contact 265, the ras; oi> ta il J fixed 25I. The selector R2 is then activated as described above to choose a free junction link such as 00i111renent .los conductors 528, 53I and 534, extending to the selector R5.



  When this occurs, a circuit is completed as follows: the battery, the nroulomsnt of the relay I5b2, the o ent.cts N2 at NI from the position I of the #oz:; 1 = tc, taur rie; ucc2..sion SSS, conductor 534, fixed contact 53; i, brush 632, contacts F2 and F3 in position 3 of the sucoession switch SS2, the lower winding with high resistance of the relay
 EMI101.4
 506, towards the terra. In operation, relay 506 completes a circuit for relay 507 in series with its own low resistance top winding; contact 521. Relay 507
 EMI101.5
 is however short-circuited by the connection terio

  <Desc / Clms Page number 102>

 , by rack 512 and brush 535, until the brushes are correctly centered on the series of contacts chosen.



   When the brushes are properly centered, the rail 507 operated and opened the circuit of the magnet 509 and closed it.
 EMI102.1
 magnet circuit 511 as described previously, and / o completed a circuit for magnet 510 as well, after which the succession switch SS2 went to position 6. In position 6, relay 506 is shorted and released, but
 EMI102.2
 relay 507 remains actuated on. series with relay I652, When relay 1552 operates, it plots a circuit as follows; earth, contact 1570, contacts BI and B2 in the position
 EMI102.3
 I of the SS5 succession switch,? ':' ââ aul2r: ent t, 1 the magnet 1555, towards In bstterio.

   The magnet 1555 is energized and the suooession switch SS5 then passes to position 2 The relay 1552 also closes a restraint circuit for itself at contact 1568, co3: n5e follows. the bottnrie, the winding of the relay Ibb2, the contact 1568, the conductor 534, the brush 532, the contacts F2 and FI in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, the winding of the relay 507 to earth.
 EMI102.4
 



  During this t8JD.pS, the subscriber formed ru mcy'n of 01- "11" '; 11 ciphered it back oCllt "in'3i: J 1 ^ l'¯, u]., Îill' ': 1Gistrrmr. At the cOjU; 1enc "! DlRnt of the pulse series, the relay 402 operates partially to close the contact 429 only and at the end of the pulse series it operates fully.
 EMI102.5
 



  When the sclectour R5 is taken in;, <; rvice, the earth is connected to the conductor 528 by the contacts QI and Q2 in the posi-
 EMI102.6
 tion I of the succession switch SS5 and 1.-. bntterie is connected to conductor 531 by qnrOU101n811t to 1551 '3t lia oontaots PI had P2 del1S oocnut position 1 ".t, 1.11' which suocos' don 885. vas connections persist in position 2 and corn, wat ua of succession SS5 remains in this position until the hundreds digit has been registered 1t ciL '= 1 relay 402 has fully operated, after which the basic circuit is compiled as follows.

   In t '-' rre, 1., QI and Q2 contacts / in position 2

  <Desc / Clms Page number 103>

 
 EMI103.1
 the OOllli.lU.t: Lt91} .r of succession SSS, the conductor b28, the contact b27, the brush b26, the contacts 02 and 01 in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, the conductor 168, the contact II90,
 EMI103.2
 the conductor I'2, the transfer of fixed contacts 2b0, the oonduotaur 221, the winding of the wire 206: the conductor 225, the contact 416, the conductor 227, the contact 263, the conductor 223,
 EMI103.3
 the conouotor 222 (which are hl: zirlt3r1c:

  i2t joined together but are shown separately for convenience when following the relationship between the çpux series 1q circuits), the contact 265, the springs do where: -tact.> fixedi) 251, 10 conductor 170, the contact Il98, 1 cox; 1.i: ct> ui "I69, lai; ocutaots K3 and K2 in position 6 of OJJll; .nJ.tat81..lT ci * suoogspion SS2, brush 529, contact 530, conductor b3I, 1 '; ce .; contacts P2 and PI in 1 [. Position 2 of the OO, .. 1, extension of succession 885, the winding of the wire 1551, towards the battery.



   The, 3 relays 1551 and 206 operate in this circuit. In
 EMI103.4
 functioning, 1, râlais Ib5I where.ùi:> leto a circuit ooeune follows. earth, contact 1566, contacts 01 and 02 in position 2 of suooesrion switch 885, the winding of magnet 1555 towards the battery. L, .i: before 1555 is energized and the SS5 succession switch then leaves position 3. In position 4, relay 1551 rotates and actuates the SS5 succession switch:, ass. has position 5.



   In position 5, a circuit is completed as follows for the helper 1556. the battery, the winding of the magnet 1556,
 EMI103.5
 contacts F2 3t F3 position 5 of the OOJM: 1Utat8ur succession SS5, contaot 1556 vars the ground.



  The axis of el: 'olenoh9; lo'mt then turns with the switch 1559, the contact off (the normal 1563 is closed and the contact 1564 closes intermittently. For each advance made by the axis of tripping, the earth is connected to the lower conversation conductor by the following circuit: earth, contact 1563, contact 1564, contact GI and G2 in position 5 of the succession switch SS5, the contacts PI and

  <Desc / Clms Page number 104>

 P2 in position 5 of the SS5 succession switch towards the
 EMI104.1
 conductor 531.

   The Ib5I relay is. i, i # int <i / 1u actuated by this earth and 10 relays 206 of the e: r: i controller; t: heart is intermittently short-circuited.



   When the rail 206 operates for the first time, contact 257 is closed and a circuit is completed for the input.
 EMI104.2
 upper bearing of the r (> 10.i8 sl'iv2.nt in the hundreds recorder, depending on the value of the number formed on the dial by the calling subscriber, and when the relay 206 is released as a result of the short-circuit, this Hundreds Recorder Relay is fully operational. This operation continues until the Hundreds Recorder has been put completely into position.
 EMI104.3
 operation by reversing pulses, after which a circuit is completed for relay 208 as described above and this relay operates to open the fundamental circuit at contact 263.



   When the fundamental circuit is open, relay IbII is released and a -circuit is built as follows. earth, contact 1567, contacts 03 and 02 in position 5 of the
 EMI104.4
 succession switch SS5) the coil 18fa ':? Dt from magnet I555, towards the battery. Magnet 1555 energizes and the
 EMI104.5
 SS5 succession then passes to position 6.

   It should be noted at this point that the b8ttarie is not connected to the upper conversation conductor and that the relay 205 is therefore not actuated. A locking circuit is however
 EMI104.6
 completed as follows for relay 208. battery., winding of relay 208, contact 264, conductor 230, contact 44I, contact 457,. oonduot Gur 232, contact 282, towards the terra. This locking circuit depends only on relay 403 and does not depend on the operation of the switch selector.
 EMI104.7
 mande .rôvorsive / 4éo-ns the antéri0urOjli.mt example described.



   When the SS5 succession switch reaches position 6, a circuit is completed as follows for the I55I relay. the battery, the winding of relay 1551, the contacts

  <Desc / Clms Page number 105>

   G2 and G3 of the SS5 succession switch in position 6, the contact out of normal Ib63, towards earth. A circuit is also completed for the magnet Ibb7 of the brush cart, as follows the battery, the winding of the magnet Ib57, the contacts EI and E2 in position 6 of the SSS succession switch, the con- tact 1573, down to earth. The brush carriage is then rotating eyelashes, the series of chosen brushes is released and moved to a corresponding stage of fixed contacts.



   When a free trunk line leads to, a final selector is encountered, such as for example the trunk line comprising conductors 1578, 1571 and 1574 terminating at selector R6 shown in figure 15, a circuit is completed as follows . the battery, the winding of niais 1603, the contacts L2 and L3 in position I of the succession switch SS6, the conductor I574, the fixed contact 1573, the brush 1572, the contacts HI and H2 in position 6 of the SSS succession, the high resistance top bearing of relay 1553, to earth.

   It should be noted that 19 râlais 1603 is shunted by resistor 1627 connected by means of contacts M2 and M3 in positions 1-4 of the succession switch SS6, and the value of this resistor is set so that the relay 1553 energizes in the circuit of relay 1603 when shunted by resistor 1627 and remains actuated by its low resistance winding.



   Relays 1603 and 1553 operate in this circuit and relay 1603 closes a hold circuit for itself at contact 1614 and relay 1553 completes a circuit as follows. the battery, the winding of the low resistance relay 1554, the contact 1571, the lower winding of the low resistance of the relay 1553, the contacts K2 at KI in position 6 of the SS5 succession switch, the brush 1572 , the fixed contact 1573, the conductor 1574, the contact 1614, the contacts M3 and M2 in position I of the succession switch SSS, the resistor 1627 towards the battery.

   The ralais 1554 is however put in oourt-oir-

  <Desc / Clms Page number 106>

 baked by the earth connected by means of the rack Ib60 and the broom 1562, until the brooms are correct.
 EMI106.1
 on the chosen fixed contacts, ::, whereupon relay 1554 operates and opens the circuit of the magnet Ib57 of the oh. "brush riot, at contoot 1673.



   A circuit is also completed as follows for the retainer magnet 1558 the battery, the winding of the magnet Ibb8, contacts D2 and D3 in position 6 of the SSS succession switch, contacts 02 and CI in position 6 of the succession switch SS5, contact Ib74, go to earth.



  A parallel circuit is also closed as follows for the like Ib55. battery, magnet winding 1555, contacts 02 and CI in position 6 of the SSS succession switch, contact 1574, to earth. Magnet 1555 energizes and succession switch SS5 advances out of position 6 and the above circuit is held in position.
 EMI106.2
 tion 8 and the pr: .SRO succession switch in position 9.

   In position 9, the circuit is open for relays 1553 gt 1554, aux contacta QI ot Q2; li relay IbD3 sa releases but relay I5b4 is kept actuated by the circuit if; 1-
 EMI106.3
 van: the battery, resistor 1627, zus contacts Ml and M2 in l.a. position I of the di suocearion switch Sfi2, 1 contact I6I4, the conductor Ib74, the fixed contact Ib73, the brush 1572, the contacts L3 and L2 in position 9 of the suc-
 EMI106.4
 SS5 transfer, the I52 contact, the IDb4 relay winding, to earth.



   In position 9, the conversation leads are
 EMI106.5
 connected and provided that the tens digit has been recorded the fundamental circuit is campl: ti as follows. earth, contacts TI and T2 in position 1 of the succession switch SS5, the conductor 1578, the fixed contact 1577, the brush 1576, the contacts Q3 and 92 in position 9 of the succession switch SS5, the conductor 528, the fixed contact 527, the brush 526, the contacts 02 and 01 in position 6 of the switch.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 107>

 SS2 succession generator, conductor 168, contact 1190, conductor 172, fixed contact springs 250,

   the winding of the relay 206, the conductor 22b, the contact 416, the conductor 227, the contact 263, the conductor 223, the conductor 222, the contact 265, the fixed contact springs 251, the inverter 170, contact 1198, conductor 169, oontaots K3 and K2 in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, brush 529, fixed contact 530, conductor 531, contacts P2 and P3 in position 9 of the succession switch SSS , brush 1579, fixed contact 1570, conductor 1571, contacts Q2 and Q3 in position 1 of the SS6 succes- sion switch, the winding of relay 1602, towards the battery. The 1602 and 206 relays operating in this circuit.



   When relay 1602 operates, it completes a retort circuit follows. there ground, contact 1610, contacts 02 and CI in position I of succession switch SS6, helper coil 1606, towards the battery. Magnet 1606 energizes and succession switch SS6 advances to position 2. In position 2, a circuit is completed as follows for magnet 1607 of trigger shaft 2. The battery, l winding of the killing 1607, contacts D2 and D3 in position 2 of the SS6 succession switch, contact 1610 towards the earth.

   Magnet 1607 is energized, whereupon the trigger axis and its switch 1630 are rotated.



  When switch 1630 leaves its retracted position, the
1629 contact out of normal / is armed and contact 1628 closes with each advance made by the trigger axis.



   The terra is thus intermittently connected to the lower conversation conductor by the circuit following the earth, contact 1629, contact 1628, contacts J2 and JI in position 2 of the succession switch SS6, contacts QI and Q2 of .ns the. position 2 of the SS6 succession switch, towards the lower conversation conductor 1571. Relay 1602 is kept energized by this earth and relay 06 of the controller

  <Desc / Clms Page number 108>

 
 EMI108.1
 -of recorder is intermittently short-eyed.



  When the tens recorder is put into position by reversing pulses, the relay 208 operates as described before "= - nt and opens 1 fundamental circuit at contact 263. The battery and earth 80 are connected to the conductors of convercation by contents 262 and 2b8, but no effect in the. present connection. Relay 208 frilrates a latch circuit for itself 001Ü; .1'3 follows. If. battery, 7.'al7rou7 .- ^, tnent of relay 208, contact? 64, conductor 230, contact 44b, contact 464, conductor 2:52, contact 282, v? i <s the earth. This interlock circuit depends on relay 404 at is open when 9 the unit figure has been registered
 EMI108.2
 by the calling subscriber.
 EMI108.3
 



  When the fundamental circuit is open 1? Relais 1602 9th libera and co <complete a CO circuit, llng follows. contact I6II, 1 ,? contact 1616, the OCT.t? ots F2 zut FI in 18 position 2 of the succ'.ûE'7.011 SS6, the 3z. or7 .. ^ -. imnt of 1 J.'2.ÍL1? nt 1606, towards the drums. The aiàent 1606 gets excited and the co-rtlr: ut tevr de
 EMI108.4
 SS6 estate advances in position 3,
 EMI108.5
 When the recording of units has been ';' nis r.:n position by the calling subscriber, 1-i relay 208 releases its and the circuit melts: J.rmtr-1 is completed COlilm () follows. 1 ;: earth,] S \ s oontaots TI and T2 in position 3 of the co; ..: ut.'t -ur of succession SS6, the conductor 1573, the fixed oontsot Ib77, the 'n il * 1 Ib76, contacts Q3 and.

   Q2 in position 9 of 5th;> ii.:utgtai:1, of succession 885, conductor 523, fixed contact 527, brush b26, contacts 02 ot 01 in position 6 of succession switch SS2, conductor 168, the oontaot Il90, the conductor I'72, the fixed side springs 2b0, the coil of the relay 206, the conductor 225, the contact 416, the conductor 227, the contact 263, the conductor 223, the conductor 222, contact 265, fixed contact springs 251, 10 conductor 170, contact 1198, conductor 169, contacts K3 and K2 in position 6 of OOil1mutat Gur do succession SS2, balance 59, contact

  <Desc / Clms Page number 109>

 
 EMI109.1
 fixed b;

  50, conductor b5I, contacts P2 and P3 in position 9 of OO1UttU of suooospion S85, the brush 1579, l3 conta.ot fixed I5'C, T conductor 1571, contacts Q2 and Q3, in position 3 of the switch of succession SS6, the
 EMI109.2
 roll from relay 1602 to the battery.



   The râlais 1602 works and completes the following circuit. the. earth, ccntaot 1610, contacts 02 and CI in
 EMI109.3
 the position at 00I!: lflutE: trfur de succession SS6, 1 'pnroulo,: slow from the aiclant 1606, towards Il brtieria. AJ.i.iy? T 1606 & '3xoitq at the cor iitctt3ur (,,.,; Uc.;,: 9on HS6 advances to position 4.



  In position 4, a circuit is completed retort follows for the magnet 1608 of the carriage z, brushes; the battery, revolve it d3 magnet I608, lax co; it = .cts 03 and 02 in position 4 of the SS6 succession switch, contact 1610, vars la terra.



  The brush carriage rotates accordingly and the chosen series of brushes are placed on the corresponding fixed contacts. The switch 1633 is also put into operation and for each advance made by the brush carriage, the contact 1631 is closed and the terra is thus connected to the lower conversation conductor in the same way as when the trigger axis rotated. Relay 1602 is kept actuated and recorder controller relay 206 is shorted.
 EMI109.4
 intermittent circuit 00lm..e has been described previously.

   When the unit recorder has been put complete-
 EMI109.5
 In position by reversing pulses, a circuit is completed as follows for relay 207. the battery, the coil of the relay 207, the conductor 226, the contact 366, the
 EMI109.6
 tact: s86, contact 38b, contact 387, contact z384) contact 388, conductor 232, contact 282, to earth.



  It has been assumed that in the case described, the hundreds digit is even and that consequently the contact 366 is closed. As
 EMI109.7
 operation, the relay 207 has previously been described, when the hundreds digit is odd and when it is
 EMI109.8
 even, no description 110 will be given here dioas in which

  <Desc / Clms Page number 110>

 
 EMI110.1
 the hundreds figure is odd, given the U3 the circuits can be easily followed by people in the field.



  The rail 207 operates and opens 18 funcL0Ji1nntal 3U contact 265, after which the movement of the brush carriage is stopped so ur = this will be dealt with in the following. The relay 20'7 f'.1lJ; l'3 egml: ia13nt l? next circuit; 1- trro, the. contact 259, fixed contact springs 252, conductor 199, contact II8I, contact II94, contact II'7, contact II92, the winding of the rail II67, vars the b2ttorie. The rail 1167 operates and closes a locking circuit for itself coi! M9 follows. the battery, the winding of the relay II67, the contact II93, the contact II80, V8rs the trre.

   The relay 1167 opens the counter II96 and thus removes the terra of the magnet 204 and of the rail 209; the plunger valve 204 s3 therefore releases and allows the springs of fixed contacts 250, 251, 252 and 263 to separate and release the rmr'1 [; istr'mr while the relay 209 allows the r3l? s locked from the recorder: return it to normal so that they can J! lnintenGnt be taken in service for a call. The rolais 1167 clÓoOnnGot3 equals the conductors 170 and 172 to the contacts 1198 and II90 respectively, 9t connects the conversation conductors of the repeater DI to the jonotton line conductors 168 ot I69, to the enorcit of the contacts II89 and 1197 respaotiverjent.



  For c; J which oon001'n8 hic-intendant 1 # final selector R6, when 1:> circuit funclr; a: .1, ", ut open [: 1 .. ', contact 265, 1? ReIris 1602 is released and cornerj then uncirouit oornne follows. 1 earth, 1.} contact 1611, contact 1613, the ±, contacts F2 and FI has: i1 <; position 4 of OO,: 1;,: uti: .teu: c of âLlci3N1011 SS6, l 'nrOUleJ; 19y, t of magnet 1606 vars the battery. A connection of this circuit extends through contacts B2 and B3, the winding of the magnet di retainer 1609 towards the battery, so that the broom cart is stopped with the brushes on the 1i [110 d0 the subscriber desired. The A.-
 EMI110.2
 mant 1606 axles and the SS6 succession switch exits
 EMI110.3
 position 4.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 111>

 



   We will first assume that the. line of the called subscriber is free. When the SS6 suction switch leaves position 4, resistor 1627 which has so far been shunted between the terminals of relay 1603 is disconnected at contact M2 and relay 1554 of selector R5 then releases. A circuit is then completed as follows the earth, the contact 1573, the contacts E2 and E3 in position 9 of the succession switch SSS, the winding of the helper 1555 towards the battery. Magnet 1555 is energized and the SS5 succession switch moves forward out of position 9.



   In position II, with relay Ib54 remains de-energized, the above circuit is maintained and the succession switch SS5 exceeds position 11 and stops in position 12.



   Note that in position 9 the brush 1572 has been connected to the earth in the following branch circuit. oontaots JI and J2 in position 9 of the SS5 succession switch, resistor 1575, contact 1570 towards the tarra, and in position II, but Ibb4 is disconnected and relay 1603 of the final selector is kept energized in this branch circuit containing resistor 1575. In position 12,

   the reentry circuit for the trigger axis of selector R5 is completed as follows: the battery, the winding of the magnet 1556, the contacts F2 and FI in position 12 of the succession switch SSS, the contact outside normal 1563, towards earth. The trip shaft then rotates until it reaches its retracted position and contact 1563 is open.



   When the succession switch leaves position II, resistor 1565 which has, up to this time, been shunted between the terminals of relay 1552 is disconnected at contacts M2 and MI and relay 507 of selector R2 is released. A circuit is then completed as follows: earth the contact 523, the contacts D2 and DI in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, the winding of the magnet 510 towards the battery. The magnet 510 energizes and the SS2 succession switch leaves position 6.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 112>

 



   When the succession switch reaches position 7, a circuit is completed as follows for relay 503. earth, the lower winding of rail 1166 of the repeater DI contact 1195, contact 1177, contact 1191, conductor 168 , the NI and N2 contacts in position 7 of the SS2 succession switch, the delay winding 502, 1 r upper winding with high resistance and the lower winding with low resistance of relay 503 in series contacts J3 and J2 in position 7 of succession switch SS2, conductor 169, contact 1197, upper coil of relay 1166, to the battery.

   Relay b03 operates in this circuit and closes contact 517, but the windings of relay 1166 have a relatively low resistance and this relay does not work in series with the high resistance winding of relay 503.



   In position 7, a return circuit is completed for the trigger axis as follows. the battery, the coil of the magnet 508, the contacts 02 and G3 in position 7 of the succession switch SS2, the contact out of normal 525, towards the earth. The trigger axis then rotates until it reaches its retracted position and contact 525 is open.

   Succession switch SS2 continues to advance until it reaches position 9. Succession switch SS2 remained in this position during the conversation and current is supplied to the called subscriber's line as follows; the terra, is connected to the upper conversation conductor from earth by contact lo 517, the delay winding 501, contacts 03 and 02 in position 9 of the succession switch SS2 to the upper conversation conductor.

   The battery is connected as follows to the lower conversation conductor. the batteire, the winding of the relay 504, the contacts KI and K2 in position 9 of the succession oomnutateur SS2 towards the lower converstion conductor.



    As for now the s'slec on final R6, we will remember that the SS6 succession switch comes from

  <Desc / Clms Page number 113>

 exit position 4, When the SS6 succession switch reaches position 5, a circuit is completed as follows, the battery, the winding of relay 1602, contacts K3 and K2 in position 5 of the succession switch SS6 ,, to Earth. Relay 1602 operates and is kept energized in this circuit until position 6 is reached. In position 6, a circuit is completed for magnet 1606 as follows. earth, contact 1610, contacts U2 and CI in position 6 of the succession switch SS6 ,,. the winding of the magnet 1606 towards the battery.

   Magnet 1606 therefore remained energized and succession switch SS6 continued to advance.



   When the SS6 succession switch reaches position 7, a circuit is prepared as follows, the fixed contact I64I, the brush 1640, the high resistance upper winding of the relay 1604, the contacts CI and G2 in the position 7 of the switch. .. SS6 succession agent, .. to the earth. The line of the desired subscriber is therefore tested and if this line is free a fired blackout is completed as follows, earth, contacts G2 and GI in position 7 of the succession switch SS6, the upper resistance winding high of relay 1604, broom 1640 ,. the fixed contact 1541, the conductor 805, the winding of the relay 802 towards the battery.



   Relays 802 and 1604 operate in this circuit and relay 802, on operation, disconnects line relay 801 from the desired subscriber's line at contacts 806 and 807.



  When relay 1604 operates, its circuit is changed to enclose relay 1605, as follows, fixed contact 1641, brush 1640, low resistance lower winding of relay 1604, contact 1615., the winding of the low resistance relay 1605, the contact 1612 towards the earth. It should be noted that in this connection although the relay 1554 of the selector R5 is released as a result of the disconnection of the resistor 1627 in the selector R6 ,. relay 1603 of selector R6 remained actuated by contacts 1614 and 1570.



   When relay 1605 operates (and becomes free as a result

  <Desc / Clms Page number 114>

 that relay 1602 has released due to the opening of the fundamental circuit), a circuit is completed as follows, earth, contact 1611, contact 1617, contacts E2 and E3 in positions 6 - II of the SS6 succession switch, the winding of magnet 1606 to the battery. The relay circuit 1606 is therefore kept in positions 10 and II and the succession switch SS6 advances accordingly to position 12.



   In this position, the ringing current is connected to the line chosen by the ringing current generator contacts 01 and 02 in position 12 of the suocession switch SS6, the brush 1638., the fixed contact 1639, the conductor 804 the subscriber loop, the conductor 803, the fixed contact 1637, the brush 1636, the contacts S2 and S3 in position 12 of the succession switch SS6, the winding of the relay IGOI, towards the battery.

   A small portion of the ringing current is also returned to the calling subscriber through contacts S2 and S3 in position 12 of succession switch SS6, contacts R2 and R3 in position 12 of succession switch SS6, winding 1624 , the capacitor 1625, the contacts QI and Q2 in position 12 of the succession switch SS6, the conductor Ib7I and then through the lower conversation conductor to the calling subscriber.



   In position 12, a return circuit is also complete for the trigger axis as follows. the battery, the coil of the magnet 1607, the contacts D2 and DI in position 12 of the succession switch SS6, the contact out of normal 1629, towards the earth. The trigger axis then rotates until it reaches its retracted position and contact 1629 is open, switch 163b forms its contacts to earth for one second in fifteen and a circuit is completed for relay 1602 as following . the battery, the winding of relay 1602, contacts H2 and H3 in position 12 of the succession switch SS6, switch 163b, to earth.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 115>

 



   Relay 1602 operates and completes a circuit for magnet 1606 as follows. the terra, the contact 1610, the contacts C2 and CI in position 12 of the succession switch SS6, the helper coil 1606, towards the battery. Magnet 1606 energizes and the succession switch goes to position 13. In position 13, the circuit of relay 1602 is opened and this relay releases. Switch 1626 operates in a manner analogous to switch 1635 and closes a circuit for relay 1602 as follows. the battery, the winding of relay 1602 contacts N2 and NI in position 13 of the succession switch SS6, switch 1626, to earth.



   Relay 1602 operates and completes a circuit as follows, earth, contact 1610, contacts 02 and CI in position 13 of the SS6 suooossion switch, the winding of magnet 1606 to the battery.

   Magnet 1606 energizes and SS6 succession switch goes to position 14, When the succession switch leaves position 13, a circuit from relay 1602 is opened at contacts NI and N2 and this relay is released. . An intermittent buzzer is connected through contacts P3 and P2 in position 14 of the SS6 succession switch, because of the switch which for 1 1/2 seconds every 4-5 seconds launches the ringing current towards the subscriber
P3 born called and in the meantime connects the contact / to earth.



   The ring cost is sent to the desired subscriber in the following circuit, the intermittent ring generator, contacts P3 and P2 in position 14 of success switch SS6, brush 1638, fixed contact I639, conductor 804, by the subscriber's capacitor and his ringing in series the driver 803, the fixed contact 1637, the brush I636, the contacts S2 and S3 in position 14 of the succession switch SS6, the winding of the relay 1601 towards the battery.

   A small portion of the ringing current is also returned to the calling subscriber through a circuit connected in parallel from the contacts S2 and S3 in position 14 of the succession switch SS6, through the connections.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 116>

 R3 and R2 tacts in position 14 of the succession switch SS6, winding 1624., capacitor 1625, contacts QI and Q2 in position 14 of the succession switch SS6 and from there through the lower conversation conductor to the device of the calling subscriber.



   When the called subscriber removes his receiver, either during the continuous ringing period, or in the period of his intermittent nerie, or in the period of silence, a circuit is completed coma follows for the relay 1601. the battery, the en - bearing of relay I60I contacts S3 and S2 in positions 12-14 of the succession switch SS6, brush 1636, fixed contact 1637, conductor 803, the subscriber's device, conductor 804, fixed contact 1639, brush 1638 and from there either by contacts 02 and 01 in positions 12-13 of the succession switch SS6, or by contacts P2 and P3 in position 14 of the succession switch SS6 towards the earth .

   The I60I relay operates and completes a circuit as follows. earth, contact 1609, contacts 02 and CI in position 14 of the succession switch SS6, the winding of the magnet 1606 vars the battery. The magnet 1606 is energized and the succession switch SS6 advances to position Ib.



   It will be recalled that the succession switch SS @ is currently in position 9 and that the succession switch SS5 is in position 12. A circuit is then complete for relay 504 in selector R2, as night. the:

   battery, the winding of the relay 504, the contacts KI and K2 in position 9 of the succession switch SS2, the brush 529, the fixed contact 530 the conductor 531, the contacts P2 and P3 in the position 12 of the SSS succession, the broom 1579, the fixed contact 1570.

   the conductor 1571, the contacts PI and P2 in position 15 of the succession switch SS6, the brush 1638, the fixed contact I639, the conductor 804, the subscriber's device, the conductor 803, the fixed contact 1637, the brush 1636, contacts S2 and SI in position 15 of the SS6 succession switch., conductor 1578,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 117>

 the fixed contact 1577, the brush 1576, the contacts Q3 and Q2 in position 12 of the switch SS5, the conductor 528 ,; the fixed contact 527, the brush 526, the contacts 02 and 03 in the position 9 of the succession switch SS2, the delay winding 501, the contact 517, towards the earth.



   Relay 504 operates in this circuit and and the high resistance top winding of relay 503 is shorted to contact 518. EI repeater relay 1166 then operates in the following circuit, battery, top winding of relay 1166 , contact 1197, conductor 169, contacts J2 and J3 in position 9 of the succession switch SS2, the lower low resistance winding of relay 503, contact 518, the delay winding 502, the N2 and NI contacts in position 9 of the SS2 succession switch, the oPnduotaur 168, the contact 1191, the contact 1177, the contact 1167, the lower winding of the relay 1166, to earth.



   While operating, relay 1160 completes a circuit for relay 1161 to contact 1168, relay 1161 operates and reverses the battery connections to the reversing conductors, with the battery now connected to the lower conversation conductor 115 by contact 1176, and the earth being connected to the upper conversation conductor II3 by contact 1174.



  This reversal of current can be used to produce a count or the like in the usual manner. Subscribers can then converse and at the end of the conversation they replace their receipts.



   If the called subscriber hangs up first, relay 504 releases and the high resistance winding of relay 503 is reconnected to the circuit and relay 1166 s releases. The battery connections are then returned to normal but the rest of the call remained unchanged until the calling subscriber hung up. When the calling subscriber hangs up, the line relay circuit 1162 is opened and this relay is released to open the relay circuit; 1163 which at its

  <Desc / Clms Page number 118>

 turn is released after an intarvalla oourt.



   When the relay 1163 sa releases, the contact II80 is either green and the earth is removed from the conductor 114 and the previous jerk-advancing selector is released as described previously. The latch circuit of relay 1167 is also open at contact 1180 and this relay releases to allow contacts 1191 and 1197 to open. Conductors 168 and 169 are thus disconnected at the jerky board and relay 503 is released.

   A circuit is thus completed as follows for the relay 505: earth, contact 516, contacts id3 and M2 in position 9 of the succession switch SS2, the winding of relay 505, towards the battery. Relay 505 operates and forms a circuit as follows. earth, contact 519, contacts B3 and B2 in position 9 of the succession switch SS2, the winding of the magnet 510, towards the battery. The magnet 510 is energized and the succession switch SS2 goes to position II. When the succession switch leaves position 9, the relay circuit 505 ost or green and c relay is released.

   Given position II, a circuit is completed as follows for the magnet 509 of the broom cart, the battery, the coil of the magnet 509, the contacts D3 and D2 in the position II of the succession switch SS2, the contact 523, towards the terra.



   The broom cart then rotates until it reaches-. gne its normal position, a circuit then being completed for the relay 507 as follows. earth, the winding of the relay 507, the brush 535, the return contact 536, the contacts EI and E2 in position II of the succession switch SS2, the winding of the retaining magnet 511, towards the drums. Relay 557 and retainer magnet 511 operate in this circuit, magnet 511 brings the brush carriage to rest in its retracted position, and relay 507 completes a circuit as follows. earth, contact 522, contacts U3 and C2 in 1 position II of the succession switch SS2, the winding of the magnet 510 towards

  <Desc / Clms Page number 119>

 battery.

   The magnet 510 energizes and the succession switch on SS2 advances to position I. The circuits of relay 507 and magnet 511 are opened as soon as the succession switch leaves position II. The repeater DI and selector R2 are now back to normal and can be taken up for another call.



   While selector R2 was released, similar operations took place in selector Rb. When the SS2 succession switch left position 9 and the circuit of relay 1552 from selector Rb was opened at contact F2, relay 1552 released and completed a circuit as follows earth, contact 1569 , contacts B3 and B2 in position 12 of the succession switch SS5, winding of relay 1555 to the battery. Magnet 1555 energizes and succession switch SS5, advances to position 14.



   In position 14, a circuit is completed as follows for the magnet of the broom cart, the battery., The winding of the magnet 1557 .., the contacts EI and E2 in position 14 of the succession switch SS5, contact 1573, towards the earth.



  * The brush carriage then rotates until it reaches its retracted position after which a circuit is completed as follows. the battery, the coil of relay 1554, the brush 1562, the re-entry contact 1561, the contacts DI and D2 in position 14 of the succession switch SS5, the winding of the aiamnt 1558 towards the battery. Magnet 1558 and relay 1554 operating in this circuit and the retainer stop the brush carriage in its retracted position.



   Relay 1554, working, completes a circuit as follows. earth, contact 1574, contacts CI and C2 in position 14 of the succession switch SS5, winding it from magnet 1555 towards the battery. Magnet 1555 energizes and SS5 succession switch advances to position I.



  When the succession switch leaves position 14, the circuit of relay 1554 and magnet 1556 is open and when

  <Desc / Clms Page number 120>

 
 EMI120.1
 18 switch of 8Uo088 [the ion reaches 1. :: position I, the 800C- turn R5 is completely reset. normal and can be taken on duty for another call.



   While the selectors R2 and Rb became free, similar operations took place in the final selector R6.
 EMI120.2
 When the relay 1552 of the s :: l.octat? R R5 becomes free, the circuit of the relay 1603 of the selector R6 is opened at the contact 1570 and the relay 1603 is released. A circuit is then completed as follows: the teere, the contact 1613, the contacts BI and B2 in the posi-
 EMI120.3
 tion 15 of the succession switch SS6, 1 tnnroulin - ^ - nt airaant 1606 vars the battery. The ail 11111t 1606 energizes and the SS6 succession switch advances to position 17.



  It should be noted at this n: or: slow that '.' if the called subscriber has not yet hung up the r, l, j, s 1601 will be actuated in position 16 in the following circuit. the bett1rie, the winding of the relay I60I, the resistRnoe 1618 Ins oonta.ots 03 and 02 in 1. position 16 of the coa: ¯utataur of succession 586> the broom 1638, the fixed contact 1639, the conductor 804, the device (the the subscriber, the driver.803, the fixed control-c 1637, the brush 1636, the contacts S2 and SI dG118 the position 16 of 00J.1J1Utet81.1r in the succession SS6, the contacts T2 and TI in In position 16 of the oomr .switch from succession SS6, to tqrra, 19 r-: J.: i8 1601 remains actuated in position 17 where a stuck circuit follows. earth, contact 1609, contacts RI and R2 in position 17 of the switch of succession SS6, the winding of relay 1603, towards the battery.

   Relay 1603 energizes and opens the circuit
 EMI120.4
 from magnet 1606 to contact 1613, and 10 co, z.¯utctaur the succession is stopped in position 17. When the called subscriber hangs up, 19 relay 1601 is released, and opens the channel 1603 circuit.
 EMI120.5
 and 1 "1 adjusnt 1606 circuit is closed in position 17 as follows; the battery, wind it up el :; magnet 1606, contacts B2 and BI in CO position 17:., 1: UtBt0Ul The SS6 booster, contact 1613, to earth Magnet 1606 energizes and the succession switch moves forward to the position.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 121>

 18.

   When the SS6 succession switch leaves position 17, a circuit of relay I60b is opened at contact GI and relays 1605 and 1604 are released. Relay 802 is therefore released and relay 801 is again connected to the subscriber's loop at contacts 806 and 807 and the subscriber of station B can
 EMI121.1
 then see or OOJ.l:.: 8noor another call.



  When the SS6 succession co> :! r.:ut:t2ur reaches position 18 a completed 3st circuit for the 1608 oomn9 magnet follows, the battery, the 9 :: lJ.'ou11,: H, Wt of l magnet 1608, contacts F3 and Bzz in position 18 of the coo.; utatcaur of succession SS6, contact I6I6, contact 1611, towards the earth. The broom cart then turns to it. until it reaches its retracted position, after which a circuit is completed for relay 1602
 EMI121.2
 OO,: - S follows. the battery, winding it of relay I602, oontacts H2 and HI in position 18 of the SS6 succession cconutsteur, the oci-taot of x'snt: 'a T6: i4, li b5lai 1632, towards earth.



  Relay 1602 operates in this circuit and multiplies a circuit in, i ;; <, follows. for ruining 1606 at the like of restraint 1609; the t1rre, contact 1610, contacts 02 and CI û: ws position 18 of co ".ut'Ü8Ul 'cb L? OCB :. ion SS6, em'01.Ù'?: f.1Gnt of i '* 1>; #. Nt Iô05, vars 1 & ùrttc? X'ie. A brrinohenient of 00 circuit extends through contacts B2 9t B3 in position 18 of the switch on el :; suoo9sc-ion SS6, the winding d8 the magnet 1609 goes to the battery. The al! l3.Ilt 1606 is energized and the succession switch SS6 advances to position I, after which the relay 1602 and the helper I609 de-energize; the selector R6 is restored to normal and can be taken in service for another call.
 EMI121.3
 



  We suppose. Now that the called f'tOll:.:. c1 is busy in which case the 1605 relay is not energized when the 1604 brush meets the I640 contact, and the SS6 succession C01llUtrt9ur lys C01llUtrt9ur stops in position 10. In this case position-,; a circuit is complete retort follows. earth, switch 1619, windings of occupancy sound transformers 1621 and 1623,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 122>

 
 EMI122.1
 las contacts MI and M2 in 1. position 10 of Caïala.ztt, ur de. SS6 estate, resistor 1627 vars 1 battery.



  The busy sound is induced in the windings 1622 and 1624, the winding 8Upt ri!: Ju: r et. "Nt connected to the upper conversation conductor by the QS oontcots T3 9t T2 dp118 the position 10 of the C0irinut9.tur do succession SS6> at the lower ion winding, 5t [, nt r = .18 to the lower conductor do conversation by 1 ;? capacitor 1625 and the contacts QI and Q2 in position 10 of the cor.nnutatnLlr of succession 886.

   The battery is connected pc.r intormittencas to the circuit following the battery, the switch 1620, the contacts RI and R2 in the position 10 of the COJlli; llt, t9ur do 8uoocscion SS6, 1 <an; "ouli * Jnt I622, las contacts T3 and T2 in position 10 Key oor: i! r.utat9ur of succession SS6, 1, a condactor 1578, the fixed contact Ib77, the b-lai 1576, 198 contacts Q3 and Q2 in position II of Gon,: 1.J.tl: lt '! ur of succession SS5, conductor 528, cn-, ¯t;? fixed side 52'7, brush 526, contacts 02 and 03 (1 ::.: 18 1- position 9 of 00 i..llltrtour of succession SS2, the winding of 1 '' '- 1.ais 501, in contact 517, vi; .15 the earth.



  L1 relay 501 Word G11 short-circuit for the upper winding of the i ", i * is b03 é. D,! :::. Ocntaots (not the tT. 2snt (8) and 15 rnlais II66 and 1161 of the p6tit9ur DI is released by inter-- ùist.E, incos.



  Ceoi srt, d "n3 la:], ::. 8 of a,; - '11 established 1 d .; =: i? A 01 =" 3rat9ur, has doniier a visual occupancy signal at po, 3t. .-, of cpc-rateur. Dpl1s 18 present case, however, 1 ',': "'1; 01':" 0 E: -rr ,, -; lCèl1t hears 18 ooooupstion signal and hangs up his r6o '? R-t'mr; the repeater D2 r? V1 ^ ¯-.lît at the 1l0rl: 1Dle cciztiz on 'ïi: I¯.: 1't' il: C! yi? 11:.: Si3t and it is followed by the release of 8, 'lgût ::; ur R2 ot due selector R5 ocm) t3 it has been previously described .. 3iu; ient. When the oomr.:ut'"it7.El "of succession SS5 leaves position 12, 1 - circuit of rolais 1603 is open to contact JI dr: .ns position 12 of c ;; = i ;; ut; tpur dj suc¯ 088810n SS5 and 1'5 relay 1603 is released.

   A circuit is then completed co: 1: a follows for the caregiver 1606. earth, contact I6I3, contacts BI and B2 in position 10 of OOl1l ;;: utat, 'heart of succession SS6, rolled up from aid 1I606 to battcb1l

  <Desc / Clms Page number 123>

 
 EMI123.1
 ri3. The caregiver 1606 s text3 Gt le Oo:.: ..; utf.t9ur sucoession quit.-
 EMI123.2
 te position 10.
 EMI123.3
 



  In 1. o it.al: ui circuit is for magnet 1608 of carriage 1, 'rJ,: 1;: ... i,;, 00.111: 18 follows. 1 ;. battery the winding of the airmat 1608, 1;> contacts F3 and F2 in position II of 00 ..,: 1U "t2tg.Ur 'in succession SS6., contact I6I6, contact 1611; to The. toxwa. The CI: .. nt TG08 gets excited and the brushed carriage turns until 09 when it reaches its back position, which a circuit of. '.' t GC ... 71 t '. C OC,.,. 9 follows. The earth) the boalui 1632, 1G contact ..- 9 the'LJ.tr3 1634; T: cortG.ats HI and i12 in position II of the cc ..: ut, t : 'l.1.r of: SS6 succession, the 0ilZ'ÔLLlll.lOLt of talaiÈ 1502 to 1: O:'. tt8.rÍe.



  The relay 1602 functions: or.vr-3 the circuit of the magnet 1608 at the contact 1611 and oo..1:; the circuit for the retnus helper T609 ooi!: 3 follows. la tarra, 1 contact 1610, contacts C2 and CI d [.L ': position II of OOJ: l: .mttit8ur of succession SS6, contacts B2 and B3 d, -, rs 1? - position II of coniautatour of succession SS6, the winding rh helping him 1609, towards the battery.



  The az.aaj: t T609 energizes and maintains 12 broom wagon in its rolling position. U1J oircuit parallel s5t complete simultaneously. '.. J;: 911t 1: (11..1.1' 1'ai; nant 1606 zou H: .oy: m d.8 oont3.ots 02 and 01 in position Iii of the co The SS6 Suction Cutter, and the Neck: ... The 536 Succession Cutter advances accordingly to position 12.



  In the 12th position an ec-t circuit completed for the ai-iant 1606 follows the earth 1 contact I6I3e las contacts BI and B2 the position 12 of the oo.,; :: utatAur of succession SS6, the winding aid of the a as of 1606; towards the battery. This circuit is maintained f. rified until this SS6 succession switch reaches position 17 and the success switch: 'icn therefore continues to advance until position 18 is reached.
 EMI123.4
 



  In position 18; a circuit is completed for the re-
 EMI123.5
 lais 1602 ooi'Mie follows. la ba .: arie, l ':: mrou1e.1'.mt of relay 1602,
 EMI123.6
 the H2 and HI contacts in position 18 of the suc-
 EMI123.7
 cession SS6> the OOl1'Cilüt of nntréa 1634, the broom 1632 towards the earth.

   Relay 1602 operates and completes a circuit as follows

  <Desc / Clms Page number 124>

 the terra, contact 1610, contacts C2 and CI in position 18 of succession switch SS6, magnet winding 1606, to the battery. Magnet 1606 energizes and the succession switch advances to position I, relay 1602 releases and selector R6 is returned to normal and can be taken on for another call.



   We will now consider release under special conditions, for example when the subscriber is late in completing the dialing formation of the desired subscriber number and when the subscriber hangs up his receiver before completing the dialing formation. 'a desired subscriber number.

   In the first case, if the subscriber is slow to operate the dial, the release of the recorder controller is controlled by time pulses. When the recorder controller is taken into service, relay 209 has operated and at contact 281 it connects with conductor 231 a time device so that a momentary earth is connected to conductor 231 to. intervals of 30 seconds for example.



   If the subscriber is slow to operate the dial after taking the recorder controller into service, an interval of up to 30 seconds may elapse, then earth will be connected to conductor 231 and a circuit will be completed as follows the terra, the co @ tact 281, the driver 231; contact 1470, contact 1467, the upper winding of relay 1408 to the battery.



  Relay 1408 operates partially to close contact 1469 only and when ground is removed from conductor 231, relay 1408 fully operates in the next circuit. the battery, the upper and lower windings of the relay 1408 in series, the contact 1469, the contact 1473, the contact 1481, the. conductor 233, contact 265, contact 282, vars la terra.



     After a new interval has elapsed and the earth is reconnected to conductor 231, if the calling subscriber is still late in operating the dial, a circuit is completed as follows. earth, contact 281, conductor 231, conductor 1470, contact 1468, upper coil of relay 1409, to the battery.

   Relay 1409 operates partially

  <Desc / Clms Page number 125>

 
 EMI125.1
 to make contact 1472 CGUl) ;: 18nt and when the. earth is removed from conductor 231, 1'3 râlais 1409 works oonpietJ.19nt d.c.n>; 1.J next circuit, battery, upper and lower windings of relay 1409 on. series, contact 1472, contact 1481, conductor 233, contact 275, contact 282, to earth, Relay 1409 opens by operating on-
 EMI125.2
 tact 1473 to release the re-release 1408.

   It should be noted at this point that if the subscriber resumes at any time during these periods the transmission of pulses to the recording controller.
 EMI125.3
 Treur, relay 219 is actuated which opens coutG.ct 275 and rail 1408 or relay 1409 is released if one of them has been actuated.



   If, on the contrary, the subscriber is still slow to maneuver the oa dran and if the earth is connected again, a circuit is completely surrounded follows; earth, contact 281, conductor
 EMI125.4
 2sI, contact T4'T, the upper 8n wind up relay 1410 towards the battery. Relay 1410 operates partially to close contact 1479 only: 1Emt and when 13. earth is newly removed from the 2oT conductor, 1 # relay 410 operates ao :: full d.l1f: J the following circuit, the battery , the upper and lower windings of relay 1410 in series, contact 1479, conductor 232, 13 areect 282, vars earth.



   Relay 1410 remains latched on this conductor until the recorder controller is released and is unaffected if the digits are then sent from the dial to the controller.
 EMI125.5
 recorder controller. On contact 148I, relay 1410 opens the locking circuit of relay 1409 and this relay releases it; relay 1410 oO: .lplètr ", 5th = lei-aent the following circuit, the battery, the weak resistor 1488, the contact 1477, the contact 1485 the conductor 228, the contact 261, the springs of the fi
 EMI125.6
 xes xi, conductor I7I, contact 1196, contact 1187, contact rI8, the upper low resistance winding of. Relay 1165, contact 1905, to earth.



   The passage of the current in the upper winding of the ra
 EMI125.7
 lais 1165 is increased enough: 1ent to force the relay to fono

  <Desc / Clms Page number 126>

 actuate and close contact 1186. Relay 1165 operated a-
 EMI126.1
 when plgin9Jfient in the following circuit, 1 * battery) the lower winding of relay IT65, contact II86, contact 1905, to earth. The relay 1165 opens the contact 1187 which disconnects from the conductor 171 the earth arriving by its upper winding.
 EMI126.2
 lower resistance. The plunger actuator 204 then de-energizes and allows the pairs of fixed contact springs 250, 251,
 EMI126.3
 252 and 250 to open and e.a disconnect 18 recorder controller.

   Li relay 209 88 releases éG2101: 18nt and at contact 282 it removes the earth of conductor 232, after which all actuated and locked relays of the recorder controller are released and the latter can now be taken into service for another call.



   Relay 1165 also forms contact 1185 to turn on the lamp and the DI repeater remains in this state until
 EMI126.4
 that the comnutatoeui? selector R2 has reached se. position nonY12le and that the succession switch SS2 is in position I. When this occurs, a circuit is Go ::.; Ité COW19 follows, the terra, the coil of the relay 1901, 1 "contact 1908, 18 contact n90 , the conductor 168, the contsots? .Il and M2 in. position I of the succession switch SS2, wind it;: nnt of reiris 505 towards the battery. The relay 1901 has a rÉ: sist.l1C9 very high so that this relay alone ,, 'energizes in this circuit and opens contacts 1905 and 1906.

   On contact 1905, the locked circuit for the
 EMI126.5
 relay 1165 is open and C8 relay de-energizes consequently.



  Nothing else happens until the calling subscriber hangs up his receiver. He can make the "good.1 {calling r, ac c i? C. Che before the CG :: ':.: L1L." T:? Ur R2 has reached its normal position; in this 08.S, the relay of li119 II62 and the release relay 1163 of the DI repeater are released but the DI repeater is kept
 EMI126.6
 via earth, contact 1907, contact I912, conductor 114 of f [J <fol1 2. be,? J :: 1.3 Checked to be taken into service as long as the 00111 'ut "t01..1r R2 is not pn; 1"' V'HlU at the 't: G' :? l-19.



  We will describe m2intnrnt in which way 19 cn:, j; utjtqir selector R2 returns to normal.
 EMI126.7
 It must first be understood that as long as a single digit Lt

  <Desc / Clms Page number 127>

 
 EMI127.1
 fre has been recorded by the recorder controller, the S19C-, turn R2 does not have its fundamental circuit f8.rm and is therefore not normal at that as soon as the release of the controller d 3 = ra. iso, rut a instead as described previously, a circuit is found for the I90I relay. If 10 digits thousands and only ac miilli-s digit has been recorded when the subscriber ceases on, dial operation, selector R5 80.3t taken into service iàc, 15 <cc ,, i: i 1-3 second digit has not been recorded no circuit fCllLVtlS.1Ü1 is completed and relay I55I is not activated.

   Li 7..s 1552 is wu otherwise locked in the excited state and 10>, '1.i; c.t * i: r R2 x5 found dens 1; .. position 6.



  From:; 5 1t :. :) ocj, tion 2 of the 'oo.L.utat3ur of succession 8851 a circuit is co: apltL 00.;' 9 ':' uit. the. earth winding it next to relay 1554, the control-ct 1572, the contacts L2 and L3 from the position 2 of the co; ii: .iut'.t3ur sucoaspion 8851 winding it (the bitter. mara (h X'at> nueI558 V8X '>; la battQ Relay 1554 energizes in this 3 circuit and opens contact 1573.

   If, on the other hand, relay 1551 remains non-c.otionL6 for a certain time, 001.i:; the <1 succession remains cI.:l ;, ';) rosi tion 2 and su reloïtl3üt wanted an impulse of t 0,'; :) S VCjllfnt p: .r conductor 1580, contacts H3 and H2 d2. rs the. position 2 the upper coil of relay 1653, towards 1s. earth, forces relay T553 to axcitar and opens ocntnot I5721 aprb which the niais Ibb4 is released and a circuit is f ::; lJ; 18 cc <, i..iz follows. li # earth 1 13 vo <it ::: ct Ib731 contacts E2 and E3 in position 2 of OOl.l:.: utat9Ul '(succession 8851 the winding of magnet I555, towards 1 :; battery, magnet 1555 s' excites and the COJ.L.mtnt9ur of succession SS5 goes to position 5.



  In this position, 1 OO.l,; 1G the relay I55I is still offset, a circuit is completed as follows. earth, contact 1567, contacts 03 and 02 in position 5 of the succession ooa! lUtdeur 8851 the winding of the magnet 1555, towards the battery; the succession switch then advances to d2.11S the position
 EMI127.2
 8. In this position a .. circuit is completed as follows, the
 EMI127.3
 earth, the 1554 relay winding, the I56I brush, the contact

  <Desc / Clms Page number 128>

 
 EMI128.1
 normal 1561, the contacts BI and B2 in the. position 8 of the succession switch 885, the winding of the magnet do retained 1558 to the battery.

   Relay 1554 energizes and completes an aircuit as follows. earth, contact Ib74, contacts CI and 02 in position 8 of the co: 2 ;,: Lltt eur de suocosnion 885, the winding <ho magnet I55b, towards the bttery the magnet 1555 is excited and the oon: mtE.t81..1r of suocBs :: ion advances until it "liS 1 position
 EMI128.2
 9.
 EMI128.3
 



  In position 9 of the 885 succession oOiil.nt.:.t9ur, the circuit described above for 19 r16is 1554 is open and consequently this stupid plots, by de-energizing) the following circuit. the terra, 1? contact I57..5, contacts E2 and E3 in position 9 of oOl11r.1UtGtr, ul 'da succession 885, winding do ai
 EMI128.4
 mant 1555 to the battery; magnet 1555 is energized and the switching
 EMI128.5
 The succession tor then advances to position 12. In position II, resistor 1565 is between the limits of relay 1552, which forces n S ':. 19 ^ vt? t? 1. R2 to advance to position 9 conis on 1 a. d6j d¯, "ci it.



  In these cii, constaiicgs ,. the battery and the earth; are not supplied in front of the s6110tenr R2 at ::: '0:; 8 .: 1: 1., 0 conductors 168 and I69, 18 relays b03 cannot be operated and consequently, lx relay 505 worked in the following circuit, torra, 1 ::; contact 516, contacts ïolô and U2 from-ns position 9 of colrlut.; tntlr of suooession 8i-2, e'f ' rculonrt from the rolsis 505 to the battery.

   Relay 505 gets excited and on contact 519 it flourishes the following circuit, earth 1. contact 519, Ina contacts B3 and B2 in position 9 of COOi '.'! Llttl? .-. '. "Of 8110088s10n 882, the winding of the magnet 510 to the battery) the magnet 510 activates and the succession switch SS2 goes to position II, then the return of R2 to normal is carried out in the manner previously described. selector R3 cannot remain in position 12 since, following the release at <1 R2, relay 1552 has de-exited and a circuit is completed coi: Li; 1 follows. earth, contact 1569, contacts B3 and B2 d ".ll ± position 12 of ofom ..: utAt8ur

  <Desc / Clms Page number 129>

 
 EMI129.1
 of suocesDicn 885J the: '- rcul9i ..? nt of the magnet 1555 ,, towards the battery.

   The I550 cianrt gets excited, the succession co: u.uta2ur advances accordingly to. 1F. position 14 and the return to normal does not effect JCfil ::. p on l'co: .. jL. describes.



  L-. situation i;: LlÍV..JÜ3 which; .3 presents that in which 138 ohifires r.lG; - thousands and hundreds were 6 8111'8gistrbs, a): r.'b & what 1 ': .. good . tarda 2. maneuver the dial. In 09 these, the selectors R2 and R5 are ;; read the first position in the usual way. 19 and the final selector R6 is taken in service. No
 EMI129.2
 circuit -rl is all; times OOdl., 10té for relay 1602 which is in circuit t funL -:.; let8.l and Gf- CCl1s & quGnce the certinutstaur of succession SS6 n- lJ0ut quit li peai.t5.on I . No release of this morott8ur ost dcnc IIC, c, SS ^ i = "Er except to de-energize relay I603, relay which is de-energized when selector R5 returns to normal OOllù: 1El we will describe it tilaintanant.



  The oommutr.; T 131..11 'of success.'ion SS5 of. selector R5 is at this! knotting in position 9 d, ns 1: -. quell, c,; px> at an interval, a circuit is cor; llt 001.:..:8 follows. 1 ± 1 earth, the mole voltage lead 1580, contacts H3 and H2 in position 9, the upper winding of relay 1553 to earth.

   Relay 1553 worked and at contact 1572 it opens the circuit of relay 1554 which is energized in the following circuit, earth, the winding of relay 1554, contact 1572, contacts L2 and L3 in
 EMI129.3
 the position 9 of the ColiliaLtrztaL? r of succession 885, the broom 1572, the, fixed contact 1573, the conductor 1574, the contact I6I4, the
 EMI129.4
 M3 and M2 contacts in position I of the succession coiùriutataur SS6, resistor 1627, towards the battery. Relay 1554 therefore releases and a circuit is completed as follows. earth, contact 1573, contacts E2 and E3 in position 9,
 EMI129.5
 the magnet 1555, around 12. 'ccttel'ie. The succession switch then advances to position 12.

   In position II, the bypass resistor 1565 is removed across the terminals of relay 1552 and therefore release of selector R2 is forced to occur as previously described.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 130>

 
 EMI130.1
 



  When this occurs, the rail II52 S8 de-energizes ot a cir-
 EMI130.2
 cooked is completed as follows. earth, contact 1569, contacts
 EMI130.3
 tacts B3 and B2 in position 12, the first I555, towards the battery, the succession switch advances to position 14 and the. release of the selector R5 is carried out from the ixanibre already described.



  The last of these to be considered is the one ti .-: 'i1S which the subscriber is slow to Maneuver 10 dial 2.f1'28 having fOI'J11é av. dial the tens digit. In this case, the selectors R2 and R5 are actuated provided that the oor: L.lUt "t <-mrS of succession SS2 and SS5 are respectively in positions 6. and 9, while in selector R6 the OOi.l.:uté1t.'>ur of succession SS6 advances to position 3. The limit device time ra1i6 to the driver 1580 then comes into action.



  When the OOJilmut.e.t'3ur do SS5 succession has reached position 9 and an appropriate interval has elapsed, 1 ?. battery is connected to conductor 1580 at, then after a new interval the battery is again connected to conductor 1580. When the battery is put in oonaoxicn for the first time, a circuit 3St co;: i'lit,! '1 {' follows for '"the' -, - .. 1 ...- U: the. l (\ .. VJ1. the conductor 180, the oontés: ots H3 and H2 in position 9 of the OO)"; 1 ". On c19 succession 885, aiiiroulJ ;;:. 31; t over relay I553, towards earth. The r01iB 1553 forlctixo; ¯) e and 01..1 oontr? Ot 1572 it opens the circuit of relay I554-.



  The relay 1554 89 then releases ot OOi.1pJ.0te a circuit oonne follows. earth, contact 1573, contacts E2 and E3 in position 9 of OOï: l: "1ut;.:. t", ul 'de 8UOO'i'fJioll 885, l'qYJroul;: 1011t of the caregiver 1555 to 18 battery. L, 'as.zïlilt - 1555 excites and 1 sucoeseion comnuteteur SS5 svance up to position II. Relay 1603 of selector R6 remains connected to [,: OY'311 of the following circuit. have it. aria, the winding of 1..ilais 1603, 18 contact I6I4, the conductor 1574, li fixed contact 1573, the brush 1572, the contacts JI and J2 clE118 the pe ± 1.tion II of 00:, 1 ": ' Jt, .tr.; Ur of succession SS5, resistance-noe 1575, contact 1570, to earth.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 131>

 



   The battery is then removed from lead 180, relay 1553 becomes free, and relay 1554 again operates through the test lead.



   After an appropriate interval, the battery is again connected to conductor 180 and completes a circuit for the upper winding of relay 1553 /. Relay 1553 operates and opens the circuit from relay 1554 to contact 1572. Relay 1554 releases and completes a circuit as follows: earth, contact 1573; contacts E2 and E3 in position 11 of the SSS succession switch, the winding of magnet 1555 to the battery. Magnet 1555 energizes and SS5 succession switch goes to position 12.



   When leaving position 11 of the succession switch SS5, resistor 1665 is disconnected at contact M2 and relay 507 of selector R2 is released. A circuit is thus completed as follows: earth, contact 523, contacts B2 and B1 in position 6 of the succession switch SS2, the winding of magnet 510 towards the battery. The magnet 510 is energized and the succession switch SS2 advances to position 9. The selectors R2 and R5 are then under the control of the conductors 168 and 169 and are released by the opening of the loop between these conductors at ' recorder controller, after which switches R2 and R5 return to normal as previously described.



   In selector R6, relay 1602 is not actuated while relay 1603 remains actuated until its circuit is opened when the SS5 succession switch leaves position 12. When this occurs, a circuit is completed as follows: earth, contact 1613, contacts B1 and B2 in position 3 of the succession switch SS6, the winding of magnet 1606, towards the battery. Magnet 1606 energizes and SS6 succession switch goes to position 4. In this position, a circuit is completed as follows: earth, contact 1611, contact 1616, contacts F2 and

  <Desc / Clms Page number 132>

 FI in position 4 of the succession switch SS6, the winding of the magnet 1606, towards the battery. The magnet 1606 s. ' energizes and the succession switch then goes to position 6.

   In position 6, a circuit is completed as follows for relay 1602: battery, coil of relay 1602, contacts K3 and K2 in position 6 of succession switch SS6, to earth. Relay 1602 operates and completes a circuit as follows: earth, contact 1610, contacts C2 and C1 in position 6 of the SS6 suocession switch, the winding of magnet 1606 to the battery. Magnet 1606 energizes and the succession switch advances to position 10.



   In position 10, a circuit is completed for magnet 1606 as follows: earth, contact 1613, contacts B1 and B2 in position 10 of succession switch SS6, the winding of magnet 1606, to the battery . The magnet 1606 is energized, the succession switch SS6 starts from position 10 and the release of the selector R6 is done as described previously.



   We will now consider the release of the switches when the calling subscriber hangs up his receiver before the switches have advanced into the conversation position. The first case to consider is when the recorder controller has been taken into service but no digit has been sent to the recorder controller. The relays 1162 and 1163 of the repeater El are actuated and the selector R2 has been taken into service but is still in position 1.



   The calling subscriber then hangs up and the following circuit is completed: earth, contact 1179, contact 1181, conductor 199, fixed contact springs 252, contact 260, winding of relay 218 to the battery. Relay 218 operates and relay 401 operates partially as previously described. Shortly after relay 1162 is

  <Desc / Clms Page number 133>

 .free, relay 1163 is also released and opens the circuit described above at contact 1181. Relay 401 is then fully actuated, relay 211 is also fully actuated and relay 210 is locked in the energized state by contact 284. When relay 1163 releases, it also opens the circuit from the top coil of relay 1165 to contact 1182.



   It should be noted at this point that when the repeater Dl and the recorder controller are taken in service, a circuit is completed as follows: earth, contact 1905, the upper winding of relay 1165, contact 1182, contact 1187, contact 1196, conductor 171, fixed contact springs 253, contact 261, conductor 228, contact 1485, contact 1476, the top winding of relay 1411 to the battery. Relay 1411 operates partially to close contact 1487 only.



   When therefore the circuit of the top winding of relay 1165 is opened at contact 1182, earth is removed from the midpoint of the winding of relay 1411 and this relay operates completely in the following circuit: the battery, the top windings and bottom of relay 1411 in series, contact 1487, conductor 232, contact 282, to earth. In operation, relay 1411 completes a circuit as follows: earth, contact 282, conductor 232, contact 1480, contact 1486, conductor 228, contact 261, coil of relay 209, to the battery. A parallel circuit is also completed from the contact 261 by the fixed contact springs 253, the upper winding of the plunger magnet 204, the contact 200, the lower winding of the plunger magnet 204 to the battery.



   The plunger magnet 204 and the relay 209 are therefore kept actuated as long as the circuit described above is maintained. At the same time, a circuit is completed, from the contact 261 by the fixed contact springs 253,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 134>

 conductor 171, contact 1196, contact 1187, contact 1183, the upper coil of relay 1164, to the battery. Relay 1164 operates and completes a latch circuit for itself as follows: battery, lower coil of relay 1164, contact 1904, contact 1906, to ground. The relay 1164 also closes the contact 1184 to mark the repeater Dl busy.



   Relay 1164 also closes contact 1903 and completes a circuit as follows: earth, winding of high resistance relay 1901, contact 1903, contact 1190, conductor 168, contacts M1 and M2 in position 1 of the SS2 succession switch, winding relay 505 to the battery. Relay 1901 operates in this circuit but due to the high resistance of relay 1901, relay 505 does not operate / The log controller remains in this state until the first ground pulse is connected to the conductor 231. The relay 1408 then operates as described above, which is followed after a. 30 second interval, the operation of relay 1409 and this in turn is followed, after a further 30 second interval, by the operation of relay 1410.

   On operation, relay 1410 opens contact 1480, which removes the ground connection from relay 209 and plunger magnet 204, and the logger controller returns to normal as previously described.



   When relay 1901 operated, it opened the latch circuit of relay 1164 at contact 1906, but had no effect at that time, as the circuit for the upper winding was still completed by means of contact 261. This circuit, however, did. has now been switched off and relay 1164 releases and is followed by releasing relay 1901. Relay 1164, on releasing, also removes ground from conductor 114 at contact 1184 and the repeater can now be taken up for another call .

  <Desc / Clms Page number 135>

 



   We will now consider the case in which the subscriber has dialed the thousands digit sent to the recorder controller, and then releases the communication.



   When the thousands digit has been fully registered and relay 401 has operated, the fundamental circuit is closed and selector R2 is taken on. Succession switch SS2 then goes to position 2 and reversing pulses are returned by contact 524.If the calling subscriber hangs up at this time, relay 1411 operates completely as described previously and a latch circuit is closed at contact 1486 for relay 209 and plunger magnet 204. Relay 1164 operates and closes a latch circuit for itself at contact 1904 as previously described.



   As selector R2 is now in position 2, relay 1901 is shorted to earth connected to its upper terminal by means of the following circuit: the upper terminal of relay 1901, contact 1903, contact 1190, conductor 168, contacts L2 and Ll in position 2 of the succession switch SS2, towards earth. The fundamental circuit is however kept closed and the trigger axis continues to rotate and the brush carriage is rotated in search of a free line as described above.



   A selector such as R5 is therefore seized and further since hanging up the receiver causes a momentary pulse initiated to relay 218, the first relay of the hundreds recorder is actuated; consequently the selector R5 goes hunting as if the digit 1 had been registered for the hundreds digit and a free final selector such as R6 is taken in service. After this, no fundamental circuit is closed, the recorder is kept operated as previously described and as a result the selector R5 is released under the control of the drive time pulse of

  <Desc / Clms Page number 136>

 the same as that described for the case where the subscriber is slow to operate the dial after the hundreds digit has been registered.



   The release of the switches R2 and R6 is also done in the manner described in connection with the release after the subscriber has delayed operating the dial after the hundreds digit. Likewise, in the event that the calling subscriber hangs up after two digits have been recorded, a pulse is sent to the recorder controller which operates as if the digit 1 had been dialed as a tens digit; the switches are then brought to the position where the final selector R6 has responded to the tens digit and waits to start selecting the units. Here again, the release is performed in the same way as when the calling subscriber is slow to operate the dial after the series of tens pulses.



   If the calling subscriber hangs up after the series of tens pulses, the effect of hanging up will be to register 1 in the units recorder. In this case, the equivalent of the entire four series of pulses will have been recorded, but the last series is obviously a false pulse and it should be noted that while the final selector R6 is actuated towards a position corresponding to the erroneous number, as soon as the cart at. brush has been put into position, a circuit is completed for relay 207 after which contact 261 is opened and magnet 204 returns to normal. The opening of the fundamental circuit causes the release of the relay 503 in the selector R2 and the switches immediately return to normal in the manner already described.

   As a result, the subscriber with the number which was called in error is not disturbed.



   If the calling subscriber hangs up after the transmission of the series of pulses from the units but before the recorder has become free, the recorder is simply kept operated until the final selector has been set to

  <Desc / Clms Page number 137>

 the required line, after which the relay 207 energizes and the release takes place in the manner already described.



   Note that in the last two cases mentioned, relay 1411 simply serves to hold the recorder until relay 207 is actuated. In other cases, relay 1411 holds the recorder until the period of time determined by relays 1408, 1409 and 1410 has elapsed.



   It should be mentioned that the relay 1410 is arranged so as to connect, when it is actuated, the earth to the middle point of the relay 1411, so as to prevent this relay from being fully energized when the battery is connected to the contact 1477 for energize relay 1165. Further, contact 1476 is open at this time to prevent the low resistance battery from being connected, through the lower winding of relay 1411, to ground on conductor 232.



   Referring to Figures 19,20,20a, 21 and 22, we will now give the detailed description of the operation of a system, with regard to the establishment of a call between a subscriber of station X in the reversible control office. and a subscriber of station Y in the jerk-off office, the latter's number being assumed to be 93846. Subscriber of station X begins the call by lifting. receiver of the hook-switch, which closes a loop between the conductors leading to the reversible control desk, in the usual manner.



   The circuits located at the reversely controlled desk are of the type well known to those skilled in the art and are shown schematically with sufficient details given so that the cooperation can be clearly understood. The effect of the LC line circuit, when actuated by the calling subscriber, causes the primary searcher PF to search for the calling line and the secondary searcher to similarly search for the primary searcher which is on the hunt. The RS recorder selector associated with the secondary finder is then put into

  <Desc / Clms Page number 138>

 action to choose a free recorder such as the one shown in RG in the lower part of figure 19.

   When a free recorder has been found, the calling subscriber receives the dial operation sound and then begins dialing the five digits of the desired number, in the usual manner. The succession switch SSP controls the connection or cord circuit which is formed by the secondary searcher SF and the primary selector PR. In position 1 of the SSP succession switch, the secondary searcher SF searches for the calling line. In position 4, the recorder selector searches for a free recorder.

   In position 5, the recorder is connected in the ready state for reception of the pulses initiated by the calling subscriber, and a loop circuit is closed as follows: the battery, the upper winding of the relay 2105, the fixed contact 2127, the brush 2125, the J3 and J2 contacts in position 5 of the SSP succession switch, the conductor 2112, by the secondary researcher, the primary researcher, the line circuit, the loop at the subscriber's station , return to conductor 2113, contacts 02 and 03 in position 5, brush 2126, fixed contact 2128, 1. lower winding of relay 2105, towards earth. The relay 2105 is energized when the recorder is taken in service and is released at each pulse and thus controls the recorders in a manner well known in the art.



   When the tens of thousands digit has been received, the SSI succession switch prepares a circuit for the thousands digit; after this has been received, the succession switch prepares a circuit for the hundreds digit; after this has been received, it prepares a circuit for the tens digit and after this has been received, it prepares a circuit for the ones digit. When the tens of thousand digit has been recorded, the primary selector PR operates in a well known manner by outputting reversing pulses to the tens of thousands recorder up to

  <Desc / Clms Page number 139>

 until the fundamental circuit is open.

   The primary selector PR brush carriage is then rotated to choose a free junction line leading to the jerky-advancing office. When a free trunk line has been selected, the SSP succession switch advances to position 9 /
Assume that the junction line comprising conductors 2131 and 2132 terminating in the jerky-advancing desk and terminating in the repeater transmitter RT shown in Figures 20 and 20a has been chosen, when the recorder is ready to receive the reversive pulses thousands, the SSO succession switch advances to position 10 and a circuit is thus completed as follows:

   earth, contact 2212, conductor 2131, fixed contact 2134, brush 2129, contacts N2 and N3 in position 9 of the SSP succession switch, brush 2120, fixed contact 2123, contacts J2 and Jl in SSD succession switch position 10, contact 2133, relay winding 2109, contacts P3 and P2 in position 6-14 of the SSI succession switch, contact 2122, brush 2121, contacts L2 and Ll in position 9 of the SSP succession switch, the brush 2130, the fixed contact 2135, the conductor 2132, the contact 2218, the resistor 2282, the winding of the relay 2202 towards the battery.



   RT repeater transmitter relay 2202 and RG recorder relay 2109 operate in this circuit.



  When operating, relay 2202 closes a circuit as follows: earth, contact 2222, contact 2249, the winding of relay 2203 to the battery, after which relay 2203 operates and connects earth to conductor 2267 in place contact 2226, and also closes a circuit for relay 2211 to contact 2226.



   Relay 2211 operates and at contact 2256 it closes a circuit for the lower winding of relay / 2207 and closes

  <Desc / Clms Page number 140>

 me a circuit for the relay 2401 of selector S2, as follows: the battery, the upper winding of the relay 2401, the contact 2420, the conductor 2281, the contact 2255, the delay winding 2206, the upper winding of the relay 2207, contact 2245, conductor 2279, contact 2427, the lower winding of relay 2401, to earth. Relay 2401 operates and closes a circuit for relay 2402 as follows: ground, contact 2425, contact 2409, the coil of relay 2402, to the battery.

   Relay 2402 is working; at contact 2411 it connects earth to conductor 2280, and at contact 2412 it prepares a circuit for magnet 2406 and relay 2403 in series.



   When relay 2211 energizes, a circuit has also been completed as follows for relay 2209: battery, coil of relay 2209, contact 2248, contact 2243, contact 2220, contact 2234, contact 2256, down to earth. Relays 2209 and 2208 are two self-interrupting relays set to operate approximately with the speed of the dial, so that opening a rear contact of relay 2208 approximately corresponds to breaking the contact of the dial springs. . These relays continue to operate alternately as long as the above-mentioned circuit is maintained, since when relay 2209 operates, a circuit is completed for relay 2208 at contact 2246, and relay 2208 opens, while operating, the circuit d. 'energization of relay 2209 at contact 2243.



   When relay 2209 is operating, the following circuit is also completed: earth, contact 2247, conductor 2275, contact 2365, contact 2357, contact 2352, contact 2345, contact 2339, the upper coil of the relay 2305 to the battery. Relay 2305 operates partially and closes contact 2341 only, which short-circuits its lower winding by connecting earth to its lower terminal as follows: the lower terminal of the relay

  <Desc / Clms Page number 141>

 
2305, contact 2341, conductor 2276, contact 2253, conductor 2277, contact 2370, contact 2349, contact
2363, contact 2335, contact 2361, contact 2369, conductor 2278, contact 2251, contact 2234, contact
2256 down to earth.

   When earth is removed from the midpoint of the winding of relay 2305, this relay operates fully.



   At contact 2340, the pulse circuit is transferred to relay 2306 and pulses are continuously sent to relay chain 2305-2309 inclusive until earth is removed from contact 2220. It will be advantageous to give at this point a complete description of the operation of these relays up to their full metering capacity.



   On receipt of the second pulse, relay 2306 operates partially to close contact 2347 only, and at the end of the pulse it operates fully through the following circuit: the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 2306 in series, contact 2347, contact 2363, contact 2355, contact 2361, contact 2369, conductor 2278, contact 2251, contact 2234, contact 2256 to earth. Relay 2306, when operating, transfers the pulse lead to relay 2307 and opens the latch circuit of relay 2305 to contact 2349.



   When relay 2209 operates for the third time, the following circuit is completed: earth, contact 2247, conductor 2275, contact 2365, contact 2357, contact 2352, contact 2346, top winding of relay 2307 towards the battery.

   Relay 2307 operates partially to close contact 2354 only, the lower winding being shorted to ground at contact 2354; when the earth is removed from the conductor 2275, the short circuit is removed from the lower winding and the relay 2307 works completely by the following circuit: the battery, the upper and lower windings of the relay 2307 in series,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 142>

 contact 2354, contact 2361, contact 2369, conductor 2278, and through the circuit previously drawn to earth. While operating, relay 2307 transfers the pulse conductor to relay 2308, at the location of contact 2353, and at the location of contact 2355 it opens the latch circuit of relay 2306.



   On the fourth pulse, relay 2308 operates partially to close contact 2359 only, and at the end of the pulse it operates fully through the following circuit: the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 2308 in series, the contact 2359, contact 2369, conductor 2278, to earth as described previously. Relay 2308, while operating, transfers the pulse conductor to relay 2309, at the location of contacts 2358, and at contact 2361, it opens the latch circuit of relay 2307 and this relay is released.



   On the fifth pulse, relay 2309 operates partially to close contact 2367 only, and at the end of the pulse, it operates fully through the following circuit: the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 2309 in series, the contact 2367, to earth on conductor 2278. Relay 2309, when operating, transfers pulse conductor 2275 to relay 2305, at contact 2366, and closes a circuit extending through contact 2352, the contact 2345, and contact 2339. Relay 2309 also opens the latch circuit from relay 2308 to contact 2369, and this relay releases.



   During the sixth pulse, relay 2305 operates partially to close contact 2341 only, and at the end of the pulse it operates completely through the following circuit: the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 2305 in series, contact 2341 , the conductors 2276, the contact 2253, the conductor 2277, the contact 2368, towards the earth on the conductor 2278. The relay 2305 extends, in function-

  <Desc / Clms Page number 143>

 the pulse conductor up to relay 2306,
During the seventh pulse, relay 2306 operates partially to close contact 2347 and at the end of the pulse it operates completely through the following circuit:

   the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 2306 in series, contact 2347, contact 2363, contact 2355, contact 2361, contact 2342, to earth on conductor 2278. Relay 2306, while operating, extends the pulse conductor to relay 2307.



   On the eighth pulse, relay 2307 operates partially to close contact 2354 only, and at the end of the pulse it operates fully in the following circuit: the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 2307 in series, the contact 2354, contact 2361, contact 2342, to earth on conductor 2278.



  Relay 2307, while operating, opens the locking circuit of relay 2306 to contact 2355, and relay 2306 de-energizes.



  Relay 2307 also extends the pulse conductor to relay 2308 at contact 2353.



   On the ninth pulse, relay 2308 operates partially to close contact 2359 only and at the end of the pulse it operates fully in the following circuit: the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 2308 in series, contact 2359 , contact 2342 to earth on conductor 2278. Relay 2308 opens by operating the locking circuit of relay 2307, at contact 2361, and this relay 2307 releases and connects the pulse conductor to relay 2306 in the following circuit : the pulse conductor 2275, the contact 2366, the contact 2352, the contact 2345, the contact 2340, towards the midpoint of the coil of the relay 2306.



   On the tenth pulse, relay 2306 operates partially to close contact 2347 only, and at the end of the pulse it operates completely through / the circuit

  <Desc / Clms Page number 144>

 next: the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 2306 in series, contact 2347, contact 2362, to earth on conductor 2278. Relay 2306, while operating, extends the pulse conductor to relay 2307, at contact 2346.



   During the eleventh pulse, relay 2307 operates partially to close contact 2354 only, and at the end of the pulse it operates fully in the following circuit: the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 2307, contact 2354, contact 2348, contact 2360, contact 2342, to earth on conductor 2278.



  The series of meter relays, however, do not fully operate in one operation as described and certain operations which occur in the repeater transmitter and which control its operation will now be considered.



   Each time relay 2208 operates, a circuit is closed as follows: earth, contact 2242, contact 2219, resistor 2282, contact 2218, conductor 2132, fixed contact 2135, brush 2130, contacts N2 and N3 in position 9 of the SSP succession switch, brush 2121, contact 2122, coil of relay 2109, contact 2133, contact 2123, wiper 2120, contacts C3 and C2 in position 9 of the switch of succession SSP, the brush 2129, the fixed contact 2134, the conductor 2131, the contact 2212, towards the earth.



   The RG recorder relay 2109 is therefore shorted while the RT repeater transmitter relay 2202 is kept energized. Each time this relay 2109 drops, the contact 2138 is closed and the thousands recorder advances; it is therefore evident that each operation of relay 2208 in the repeater transmitter causes the associated recorder to advance one step, in this case the thousands recorder, and

  <Desc / Clms Page number 145>

 also causes the operation of one of the counter relays
2305-2309 inclusive.



   It will be advantageous at this point to consider the relationship between the jerky feed pulses which are transmitted from the repeater transmitter to the jerky feed switches and the actual reversing control pulses which are transmitted from the repeater transmitter to the recorder in the office. with reversible control. As already indicated, one of the advantages of the repeater transmitter shown in Figures 20 and 20a is that it launches reversing pulses backwards towards the reversing control desk and it launches forward pulses to make. operating the jerky-advancing switches without the need to produce any storage between successive trains of pulses.

   To this end, as has already been mentioned, the jerky-advancing switches are arranged so as to have a large capacity, the final selector switches having access to 200 lines; these lines are connected to two series of fixed contacts of one hundred points and the switches are provided with two series of wipers, one of which is taken in service when the hundreds figure is even and the other is taken in service when the hundreds figure is odd; the distinction is made by a switching pulse which is transmitted to the final selector from the repeater transmitter during the transmission of the reversing pulses of the units.

   In the input selector only odd stages are used and this will result from the following table, in which the reversing pulses sent back to the reversing control desk and the pulses sent forward to operate the jerky feed switches are shown side by side. for each digit, the value of the digit varying from 1 to 0.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 146>

 
 EMI146.1
 



  ح- - - - -i- - - - - - - - - - ----- - - - t-- i --- --- - ---- - ---- - - - - - - - - ---. g 5-8-2'2 "4--1 'Number Digit of 100; formed Digit of 1000 ---------------- ----- r ---------------------- au! Digit of 1000 even Digit of 1000 odd dial ¯ rw¯ ¯; ¯¯¯¯¯ ¯ ¯ ..¯¯¯¯..¯¯..¯ .. rw¯ ..¯ ¯ ....... y. ..¯¯¯¯., ¯ .... ¯ Í IffiPu1s.dImpu1s. deIImpu1sions! Impu1sionsiImpu1sions; Impulses!! command 'forward-; of CO! 1u.lla.n ... l of forward-; of com, l1an-, of advance- reversi- sac- of dreaming bag- of dream- bag-: ve cadé sive ca, de sive cadé ------------------- + ------------- ------------------------- "--- 1 91 10 1 1 9 2 2? 3 8 3 7 4 3? 3 8: 3 7 4 4 5 6 5 6 5 5 65 5 6 637473 8 7 3 7 4 7 3 8 8 1 2 1 10 J "'9 1 9 i 2 9 1 10 1 0 9 i 1 j 10 1 9 r ..w¯¯r¯¯ .n¯ ..... ¯r, w., ¯ ... mu.lr¯..¯rr..w.¯ ..... r¯ ¯.¯ ¯ ..

    ¯ .. ¯ ....., mr.n¯r .. ... ¯ .. ¯¯w ......
 EMI146.2
 r ------; ------------------ r ----------------------- --------------------- Number Number of units formed Digit of 10
 EMI146.3
 
 <tb>
 <tb> to <SEP> Cipher <SEP> of <SEP> 100 <SEP> even <SEP> Cipher <SEP> of <SEP> 100 <SEP> odd
 <tb> dial
 <tb>
 
 EMI146.4
 1 Pulses, d e l = npul s, de Pulses! Pulses Pulses' Pulses' forward control-'control:

  dtavance- de COffi7.an-1 in advance-
 EMI146.5
 
 <tb>
 <tb> reversi- <SEP> lie <SEP> bag-of <SEP> dream- <SEP> 'ment <SEP> bag- <SEP> of <SEP> dream- <SEP> lie <SEP> sacve <SEP> cadé <SEP> sive <SEP> cadé <SEP> sive <SEP> cadé
 <tb>
 
 EMI146.6
 --¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯ --------------------------.-,

  .------------------ ¯¯¯ ------------
 EMI146.7
 
 <tb>
 <tb> 1 <SEP> 10 <SEP> 1 <SEP> 10 <SEP> 1 <SEP> 20 <SEP> 1
 <tb> 2 <SEP> 9 <SEP> 2 <SEP> 9 <SEP> 2 <SEP> 19 <SEP> 2
 <tb> 3 <SEP> 8 <SEP> 3 <SEP> 8 <SEP> 3 <SEP> 18 <SEP> 3
 <tb> 4 <SEP> 7 <SEP> 4 <SEP> 7 <SEP> 4 <SEP> 17 <SEP> 4
 <tb> 5 <SEP> 6 <SEP> 5 <SEP> 5 <SEP> 16
 <tb> 6 <SEP> 5 <SEP> 6 <SEP> 5 <SEP> 5 <SEP> 6 <SEP> 15 <SEP> 6
 <tb> 7 <SEP> 4 <SEP> 7 <SEP> 4 <SEP> 7 <SEP> 14 <SEP> 7
 <tb> 8 <SEP> 3 <SEP> 8 <SEP> 3 <SEP> 8 <SEP> 13 <SEP> 8
 <tb> 9 <SEP> 2 <SEP> 9 <SEP> 2 <SEP> e <SEP> 12 <SEP> 9
 <tb> 0 <SEP> 1 <SEP> 0 <SEP> 1 <SEP> 0 <SEP> 11 <SEP> 0
 <tb>
 
 EMI146.8
 -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------

  <Desc / Clms Page number 147>

 Note.

   When the hundreds digit is odd and there are more than ten reversing pulses to send to the reversing control unit, in this case in addition to the jerky feed pulses shown in the last column, a switching change d 'one series of wipers to another is carried out in the final selector.
 EMI147.1
 



  --- ¯ .--------------------------------------------- -----------
Note from this table that for the thousands digit, the total number of pulses that are processed at the repeater transmitter, i.e. the number of reversing control pulses returned to the office reverse controlled plus the number of pulses sent forward to operate the jerk input selector is a constant and always equal to ten. Referring to the table for the hundreds digit, it will be noted that the repeater transmitter always deals with a constant number of pulses, but in this case the number is eleven. As regards the tens pulses, it will again be noted that the number processed is eleven while in the unit pulses the number is 11 or 21.



  In the example considered, the number formed on the dial by the subscriber calling the office with reversible control is 93846; the first digit 9 is used to select a trunk line to the jerk-off desk and the remaining digits are translated by the repeater transmitter. By referring to the table which has just been given, we see that the thousands digit 3 is transformed into three jerky advancement pulses, the hundreds digit 9 is transformed into ten jerky advancement pulses, the tens digit 4 is transformed into four jerky feed pulses and the ones digit 6 is transformed into six jerky feed pulses.

   If the number formed on the dial had been 93946, the jerky forward pulses transmitted would have been the same as before, namely 3,10,4 and 6 respectively. In

  <Desc / Clms Page number 148>

 In the latter case, however, a special switching pulse is transmitted to the final selector so as to force its wipers into connection with the series of fixed contacts for odd hundreds digit. In this way, full use is made of the capacity of the third input selector S3, only the odd stages of the second input selector S2 are equipped, and by arranging the arrangement of the input selectors of the jerk-off desktop so that they correspond exactly to those of an office corresponding to reverse control, a total capacity of 10,000 lines is obtained.

   It will be understood that in the case of local calls comprising an odd hundreds digit, access to the required subscriber is obtained by means of the series of fixed contacts of the odd hundreds of the special final selectors, as we have seen shown in FIG. 25, since naturally in this case no switching pulse is sent to the final selector.



  Local calls to subscribers having an even hundreds digit are obtained in the usual manner via the regular final selector switch LS4 and it can be seen that subscriber 93846 for example is connected to both the contact set. fixed pair of the final input selector and to the fixed contact series of the regular final selector.



   In this example the thousands digit is 3 and by referring to the table of pulses that must be fed back to trunk line switches, it can be seen that seven pulses are required before the fundamental circuit is opened. Therefore, the thousands recorder advances to the tenth position and the series of relays 2305-2309 will have responded to seven pulses so that the relays 2305, 2306 and 2309 will be latched, the energized state at that time. When the thousands recorder reaches its tenth position, a circuit is completed for relay 2108 which operates to open contact 2123.

   This circuit is represented in a simplified form as follows: earth, contact

  <Desc / Clms Page number 149>

 2140, the coil of relay 2108, to the battery, assuming that contact 2140 is closed whenever the loggers are in an appropriate position to force the primary circuit to open. These arrangements are well known in the art and need not be described in detail.



  For an understanding of how the required operation can be performed, reference can be made to Figures 3, 4 and 5 and to the operation of relay 208. The fundamental circuit is thus opened and the relay 2202 of the repeater transmitter is de-energized. Since relay 2208 de-energizes, Relay 2202 opens the circuit of relay 2209 at contact 2220 and the pulse circuit of contact 2242, at contact 2219. The circuit of relay 2203 is open at contact 2222, but this relay is slow to release and remains actuated for a short time after relay 2202 has released, so that a circuit is completed as follows: the battery, the coil of the relay 2201, the contact 2225, the contact 2221, to earth.



   Relay 2201 operates and closes a latch circuit for itself at contact 2214 as follows: battery, coil of relay 2201, contact 2214, contact 2239, contact 2256 to ground, as relay 2211 being slow to release, has its circuit kept closed at contact 2226 for a short time before relay 2203 releases, It should be noted that relay 2211 is kept energized during the entire connection, either by means of contact 2226, or during the transmission of impulses to the jerky-advancing office, by contact 2244.



   When the relay 2202 operates, the pair of rails 2208,2209 is activated by the energization of the relay 2209 which has a circuit completed as follows: the battery, the winding of the relay 2209, the contact 2248, the contact 2243, contact 2227, contact 2215, contact 2234, contact 2256, to earth.

   A circuit is also completed for relay 2205 as follows: battery, resistor 2141, contacts

  <Desc / Clms Page number 150>

 11 and 12 in position 8 of the SSO succession switch, contacts P4 and P2 in position 6-14 of the SSI succession switch, contact 2122, brush 2121, contacts L2 and Ll in position 9 of the SSP succession, brush 2130, contact 2135, conductor 2132, contact 2217, conductor 2272, contact 2336, contact 2326, conductor 2274, relay winding 2205, conductor 2284, contact 2316, contact 2371, conductor 2265, contact 2236, contact 2213, conductor 2131, contact 2134, brush 2129, contacts N2 and N3 in position 9 of the SSP succession switch, brush 2120, contact 2123 , relay 2142,

   contacts P2 and Pl in position 8 of the SSO succession switch, towards earth.



   Relay 2205 operates and another latch circuit which extends as follows is provided for relay 2201: battery, coil of relay 2201, contact 2214, contact 2239, contact 2256 to ground. It should be noted here that the relay 2211 is slow to release and that during the interval which may occur between the release of the relay 2203 and the operation of the relay 2205, the relay 2211 remains actuated and maintains the circuit of the relay 2401 in contact. 2255.



   The relays 2209 and 2208 operate alternately in the manner previously described and at contact 2247 the relay 2209 transmits pulses to. the series of counter relays comprising relays 2305-2309 inclusive, which continue to operate until, until relay 2306 operates for the third time, i.e. when ten pulses have been registered. As relays 2305, 2306 and 2309 were constantly actuated, relay 2306 operates for the third time when three new pulses have been transmitted from relay 2209. Relay 2208 opens the loop circuit to selector S2 at contact 2245 whenever 'it is actuated by relay 2209, that is to say three times.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 151>

 



   This contact was bypassed at contact 2223 of relay 2202 when reversing pulses were transmitted to the thousands logger. This bypass is however removed when the relay 2202 is released, while at contact 2224, the delay 2206 and the relay 2207 are shorted.



  This short circuit can be traced as follows: the lower terminal of relay 2207, contact 2224, contact 2259, contact 2329, conductor 2273, lower terminal of relay 2206.



  In this way, the impedance of the delay and the relay are raised out of the pulse circuit. Three pulses are then transmitted to selector S2 and relay 2401 drops off with each pulse and completes a circuit as follows: earth, contact 2425, contact 2410, contact 2412, the winding of relay 2403, the winding of the vertical magnet 2406, towards the battery.



   Relay 2402 is slow to release and is therefore kept energized during the series of pulses. The vertical magnet therefore functions to lift the wipers up to the third contact stage; during the first advance, the out of normal contacts 2414 and 2424 are closed. Relay 2404 is energized in the following circuit: earth, contact 2411, contacts 2415,2424,2419, relay 2404, to the battery. Relay 2404 energizes and latches energized in the following circuit: battery, relay 2404, contacts 2419,2424,2417, to ground. At the end of the series of pulses, relay 2403 is released.



   The number of advances made by the jerky advance selector depends on the setting of the counter relays referred to above. When the tenth advancement is performed that is to say during the third operation of relay 2306, a circuit is closed as follows for relay 2204: battery, the winding of the relay 2204, the conductor 2285, the contact 2310, the contact 2315, contact 2344, contact 2338, conductor 2261, contact 2231,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 152>

 conductor 2262, contact 2356, contact 2364, to earth.



   Relay 2204 operates and closes for itself, through contact 2232, a latch circuit which extends through contact 2216 of relay 2201 to earth. During operation of relay 2204 the holding circuit of relay 2201 is transferred to the following circuit: earth, contact 2240, conductor 2271, contact 2327, conductor 2266, contact 2338, contact 2214, 'the winding from relay 2201, to the battery. Relay 2204 is kept dependent on this circuit by the fact that it is actuated by means of contact 2216 of relay 2201.



   The relay 2211 latch circuit now extends as follows: battery, relay winding 2211, lead 2267, contact 2330, lead 2270, contact 2233, contact 2256, to ground. Relay 2211 therefore depends on relay 2204 and relay 2204 depends on relay 2201 which in turn is dependent on relay 2205 as relay 2205 is kept actuated as long as the battery can be found on lead 2132 of the recorder. , that is, until the next digit has been dialed by the calling subscriber and the SSO succession switch has moved to position 10.



   When relay 2204 operated it also opened the circuit from relay 2209 to contact 2234, which stopped other pulses by preventing them from being sent to the jerk selector. When operating relay 2204, a circuit is also closed for the upper winding of relay 2301 as follows: battery, upper winding of relay 2301, contact 2311, contact 2317, contact 2332, conductor 2264, contact 2235, contact 2237, to earth. Relay 2301 operates partially to close contact 2313 only, which short-circuits its lower winding. Relay 2204 also opens,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 153>

 by opening contact 2234, the interlocking circuit of the series of counter relays returns to normal.



   If we now come back to the operation of the selector S2, we see that when the vertical selection has taken place, the relay 2403 is released and a circuit is completed for the magnet 2407 as follows: the battery, the winding of the magnet 2407, contact 2418, contact 2416, contact 2411, to earth. Magnet 2407 energizes and rotates wipers 2428, 2435 and 2442 until they engage with the first set of contacts in the chosen stage, and opens its switch contact 2419, after which the circuit for relay 2404 is open and this relay releases to open the rotating magnet circuit at contact 2418.



   If the trunk line connected to these contacts is busy, earth is encountered on contact 2436 and relay 2405 is shorted while a circuit is completed for relay 2404 as follows: earth, fixed contact 2436 , wiper 2435, contact 2422, non-normal contact 2424, switch contact 2419, winding of relay 2404 to the battery. Relay 2404 operates and closes a rotating magnet circuit as follows: earth, contact 2411, contact 2416, contact 2418, magnet winding 2407, to the battery.



   Magnet 2407 then energizes and the wipers are moved to the next set of contacts and the circuit of relay 2404 is opened, which in turn opens the circuit of the rotating magnet. This interplay between relay 2404 and magnet 2407 continues until a free trunk line is encountered, after which the short is removed from relay 2405 and this relay operates in the following circuit: earth, contact 2411, coil of relay 2405, non-normal contact 2424, switch contact 2419, coil of relay 2404 to the battery.



   Relay 2405 operates in this circuit, but the re-

  <Desc / Clms Page number 154>

 Theis 2404 remains unactuated due to its comparatively low resistance. At contacts 2420 and 2427, relay 2405 opens the circuit of relay 2401 which releases and prepares a circuit from releasing magnet 2408 to contact 2410, this circuit having however been opened at contact 2425 when relay 2405 has worked. After a short interval, relay 2402 also releases, with earth being maintained on conductor 2280 at contact 2411 during this interval.



   Assume that the free junction line chosen is that comprising the conductors 2430,2437,2444, terminating at the selector S3 which is prepared for operation in an analogous manner; the earth being connected to the conductor 2437 to keep and keep actuated the selector S2 before the relay 2402 of the selector S2 is released.



   When the hundreds digit has been fully registered, the SSO succession switch moves to position 10, the battery is removed from lead 2132 and relay 2205 then releases and opens the circuit of relay 2201.



  Relay 2201 releases and opens the circuit of relay 2204 which is slow to release, and during the interval in which the release occurs, a circuit is completed for relay 2202 as follows: battery, 1. ' winding of relay 2202, resistor 2282, contact 2218, conductor 2132, contact 2135, brush 2130, contacts L1 and L2 in position 9 of the SSP succession switch, the brush. 2121, contact 2122, coil of relay 2109, contact 2133, contact 2123, brush 2120, contacts N2 and N3 in position 9 of the SSP succession switch, brush 2139, contacts 2134, conductor 2131, contact 2212, to earth.



   Note that relay 2108 de-energized and closed contact 2133 when the SSO succession switch moved to position 10, which it does when the hundreds digit has been registered and the mil digit. -

  <Desc / Clms Page number 155>

 bind has been transmitted to the repeater transmitter. Relay 2202 operates and completes a circuit as follows for relay 2203: earth, contact 2222, contact 2249, the coil of relay 2203, to the battery. Relay 2203 operates and at contact 2226 it closes the circuit of relay 2211 again before this relay has had time to release.

   When relay 2204 releases, earth is removed from the midpoint of the winding of relay 2301 and this relay operates fully in the following circuit: the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 2301 in series, contact 2313, the contact 2321, contact 2334, conductor 2268, contact 2256, to earth.



   Relay 2301 operates and prepares a circuit for the next series of pulses since in the case of the hundreds digit it is necessary to have eleven operations of the counter relays before the series of pulses is stopped. When relay 2202 is operating, a circuit is also completed for relay 2209 as follows: battery, coil of relay 2209, contact 2248, contact 2343, contact 2220, contact 2234, contact 2256, to the Earth.



   Relay 2209 closes a circuit for relay 2208 to contact 2246 after which these two relays operate as previously described and pulses are initiated by conductor 2275 to the meter relay series 2305-2309 inclusive. These pulses are also sent back to the recorder, to contact 2242 of relay 2208, through contact 2219 and contact 2218. When the recorder has been fully placed in position, the loop between conductors 2131 and 2132 is open at contact 2133, relay 2108 being actuated as follows: earth, contact 2144, contacts B4 and Bl of the SSR succession switch in position 10, the winding of relay 2108, towards the battery. The SSO succession switch advances to position 13.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 156>

 



   In this position, the battery is connected to conductor 2132 as follows: the battery, resistor 2141, contacts 12 and 11 in position 13 of the SSO succession switch, contacts P4 and P2 in position 6-14 of the reset switch. SSI succession, contact 2122, brush 2121, contacts L2 and Ll in position 9 of the SSP succession switch, brush 2130, contact 2135, conductor 2132; relay 2202 therefore releases and opens the circuit from relay 2203 to contact 2222.

   Relay 2303 is however slow to release and in the meantime a circuit is completed for relay 2201 as follows: earth, contact 2221, contact 2225, the coil of relay 2201, to the battery. Relay 2201 energizes and closes a latch circuit for itself at contact 2214 as follows: battery, relay coil 2201, contact 2214, contact 2239, contact 2256 to ground. When relay 2202 released, the circuit from relay 2209 was opened at contact 2220 and the output of pulses to the counter relays was stopped.



  Relay 2201, in operation, connects lead 2131 to the repeater transmitter through contact 2213 and lead 2132 of the repeater transmitter, and through contact 2217.



   A circuit is then completed as follows for relay 2205: the battery, on conductor 2132 as described above, contact 2217, resistor 2283, the winding of relay 2205, conductor 2284, contact 2316, contact 2371, conductor 2265, contact 2236, contact 2213, conductor 2131, contact 2134, brush 2129, contacts N2 and N3 in position 9 of the SSP succession switch, brush 2120, contact 2123 , relay 2142, contacts P2 and Pl in position 13 of the SSO succession switch to earth. Relay 2205 operates and remains energized until the tens digit has been registered and the SSO succession switch has advanced into

  <Desc / Clms Page number 157>

 position 14.

   When relay 2201 operates, a circuit is completed for relay 2209 as follows: battery, winding of relay 2209, contact 2248, contact 2243, contact 2227, contact 2215, contact 2234, contact 2256, down to earth.



   Relays 2209 and 2208 operate alternately as before and pulses are transmitted to the series of counter relays, at contact 2247, to relay 2211 at contact 2244, to keep this relay energized, and to the jerky feed switches, at contact. 2245. When relay 2307 has operated for the third time, that is, when eleven pulses have been registered and the desired number of pulses have been transmitted to the jerky feed switches, a circuit is completed as follows: battery, relay winding 2204, conductor 2285, contact 2351, contact 2344, contact 2338, conductor 2261, contact 2231, conductor 2262, contact 2356, contact 2364, to ground.



   Relay 2204 then operates and closes a latch circuit for itself at contact 2232, and through contact 2216 to ground. As a result of operation of relay 2204, the hold circuit of relay 2201 is transferred to the following circuit: battery, coil of relay 2201, contact 2214, contact 2238, lead 2266, contact 2327, lead 2271 , contact 2240, to ground, and relay 2211 now has a latch circuit that extends as follows: battery, coil of relay 2211, lead 2267, contact 2330, lead 2270 , contact 2233, contact 2256, to earth. As a result of the operation of relay 2204, the circuit of relay 2209 is opened at contact 2234 and the output of pulses to the jerky switches is interrupted.



   At the end of the transmission of this series of pulses (hundreds) to the jerky-advancing switches, the

  <Desc / Clms Page number 158>

 wipers 2432,2439,2446 of selector S3 are rotated on the contact stage on which they have been raised, in order to choose a free junction line as has been described with regard to selector S2. Assume that a free trunk line has been taken in service and includes conductors 2434, 2441 and 2448 leading to final selector S4 shown in Figure 22.



   Relay 2502 then operates in the following circuit: battery, top winding of relay 2502, contact 2514, conductor 2434, fixed contact 2433, wiper 2432, conductor 2431, conductor 2430, fixed contact 2429 , the contact 2428, the contact 2421, the conductor 2381, the contact 2255, the delay winding 2206, the upper coil of the relay 2207, the contact 2245, the conductor 2279, the contact 2426, the contact 2422, the contact fixed 2443, conductor 2444, conductor 2445, wiper 2446, fixed contact 2447, conductor 2448, contact 2515, lower winding of relay 2502, to earth.



  Relay 2502, when operating, closes a circuit for relay 2503 to contact 2519. When operating, relay 2503 connects earth, at contact 2522, through the top winding of relay 2501, to conductor 2441 to provide for selectors S3 and 84, a restraint circuit which is independent of contact 2254.



   When relay 2204 operated, earth was connected to the midpoint of the winding of relay 2203 as follows: earth, contact 2237, contact 2235, conductor 2264, contact 2332, contact 2317 ,. contact 2312, the upper winding of relay 2302 towards the battery. Relay 2302 operates partially to close contact 2319 only. The relay 2201 of the repeater transmitter is then locked under the control of the relay 2205 which is kept energized by the battery connected to the conductor 2132 until the tens digit has been registered in the input.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 159>

 registrar and the SSO succession switch has moved to position 14.



   When the battery is removed from conductor 2132, relay 2205 releases and is followed by relay 2201, then. shortly thereafter, from relay 2204 to contact 2216. Relay 2204 is released and relay 2302. operates completely in the following circuit: the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 2302 in series, contact 2319, contact 2334, conductor 2268, contact 2256, to earth. Relay 2302, when operating, opens the latch circuit from relay 2301 to contact 2321 and relay 2301 therefore de-energizes.



   In position 14 of the SSO succession switch, the basic circuit is again closed as follows: the battery, the coil of the relay 2202, the resistor 2282, the conductor 2132, the contact 2135, the brush 2130, the contacts L1 and L2 in position 9 of the SSP succession switch, the brush 2121, the contact 2122, the coil of the relay 2109, the contact 2133, the contacts Jl and J2 in the position 14 of the succession switch SSO, the contact 2123, the brush 2120, contacts N3 and N2 in position 9 of the SSP succession switch, brush 2129, contact 2134, conductor 2131, contact 2122, to earth. Relay 2202 then operates and closes a circuit for relay 2203 as follows: earth, contact 2222, contact 2249, coil of relay 2203, to the battery.

   Relay 2203 operates and completes a hold circuit for relay 2211 on contact. 2226.



  Relay 2211, being slow to release, is kept actuated during the interval between releasing relay 2205 and operating relay 2203.



   After the operation of the relay 2202, a circuit is completed for the relay 2209 as follows: battery, the coil of the relay 2209, the contact 2248, the contact 2243, the contact 2220, the contact 2234, the contact 2256 to the Earth.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 160>

 



  The relays 2209 and 2208 then operate alternately as before and pulses are sent to the series of meter relays by the conductor 2275 at the contact 2247, and are sent to the recorder by the conductor 2132 at the contact 2242. The relay 2109 is thus put on. intermittently short-circuited and at contact 2138 it repeats the pulses to the tens recorder via contacts El and E3 in position 14 of the SSO succession switch which advances until it reaches its retracted position.



   When this has occurred, the following circuit is completed: earth, contact 2146, contacts B3 and B1 in position 14 of the SSO succession switch, the winding of relay 2108, to the battery; relay 2108 operates and opens the fundamental circuit at contact 2133 / relays 2109 and 2202 then de-energize. Relay 2202 completes by de-energizing a circuit for relay 2201, as follows: earth, contact 2221, contact 2225, the coil of relay 2201, to the battery.

   Relay 2201 energizes accordingly and locks in the energized state in the following circuit: battery, relay 2201, contact 2214, contact 2239, contact 2256, to earth,
Relay 2201 completes a circuit as follows for relay 2209: earth, contact 2256, contact 2234, contact 2216, contact 2227, contact 2243, contact 2248, the winding of relay 2209 to the battery; this circuit is completed when relay 2203 de-energizes, which it does a little after relay 2202 becomes free. The relays 2209 and 2208 then switch on alternately and control the transmission of pulses to the final selector S4 via contact 2255 and to the series of recording relays via contact 2247.



   When eleven pulses have been recorded, a circuit is completed as follows: earth, contact 2364, contact 2356, conductor 2262, contact 2231, conductor

  <Desc / Clms Page number 161>

 tor 2261, contact 2338, contact 2344, contact 2351, conductor 2285, the winding of relay 2204 to the battery. Relay 2204 then energizes and is locked in the energized state in the following circuit: battery, winding of relay 2204, contact 2232, contact 2228, conductor 2258, contact 2314, contact 2320, contact 2334, conductor 2268, contact 2256, to earth. On contact 2239, it opens the locking circuit of relay 2201, relay 2201 then releases and prepares the basic circuit.

   When recorder R10 has responded to the required number of reversing pulses and relay 2108 has operated, the SSO succession switch advances to position 15 and remains in that position until the ones digit has been recorded. The rest of the operation therefore now depends on the reception of the units digit by the RG recorder.



   When the units digit has been registered, the SSO succession switch advances to position 16 and a fundamental circuit is completed as follows: the battery, the coil of the relay 2202, the resistor 2282, the contact 2218, the conductor 2132, the fixed contact 2135, the brush 2130, the contacts L1 and L2 in position 9 of the SSP succession switch, the brush 2121, the fixed contact 2122, the contacts P2 and P3 in positions 6-14 of the SSI succession switch, the winding of the relay 2109, the contact 2133, the contacts J1 and J2 in position 16 of the succession switch SSO, the fixed contact 2123, the brush 2120, the contacts N3 and N2 in the position 9 of the SSP succession switch, brush 2129, fixed contact 2134, conductor 2131, contact 2212 to earth,

   
Relay 2202 is consequently energized and at contact 2222 it completes a circuit for relay 2203. Relay 2203 therefore energizes and at contact 2228 it opens the locking circuit of relay 2204, relay which de-energizes a little.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 162>

 then complete an excitation circuit for relay 2209 as follows: earth, contact 2256, contact 2234, contact 2220, contact 2243, contact 2248, the winding of relay 2209, to the battery. Opening contact 2235 allows relay 2303 to operate fully in the following circuit: the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 2303 in series, contact 2324, contact 2334, conductor 2668, contact 2256 to Earth.



   While operating, relay 2303 opens contact 2326 and removes the short between the terminals of resistor 2283 which is a very high resistance. Relays 2209 and 2208 operate alternately and transmit pulses to the RG recorder at contact 2242, and to the meter relay series at contact 2247. Relay 2109 is intermittently shorted. and at contact 2138 it transmits pulses to recorder R1, via contacts El and E2 in position 16 of the SSO succession switch.



   When contact 2245 is first opened, the loop between conductors 2434 and 2448 is opened and relay 2502 releases and completes a circuit as follows: earth, contact 2520, contact 2523, contact 2586, winding of relay 2504, the winding of vertical magnet 2581 towards the battery. Relay 2504 and vertical magnet 2581 energize in this circuit and relay 2504 closes contact 2525 while magnet 2581 lifts wipers 2556, 2559,2557,2560,2555 and 2561 to the front of the first stage contacts.

   When the switch shaft leaves the normal position, contact 2586 is opened and the circuit for the succession pulses is completed as follows by contacts 2585 and 2525: earth, contact 2520, contact 2523, contact 2525, the winding of relay 2504, the winding of magnet 2381, towards the battery. The relays 2503 and 2504 being slow to release are kept actuated during the series

  <Desc / Clms Page number 163>

 of pulses. The wipers are therefore lifted vertically one advance for each pulse sent to the series of counter relays. At the end of the series of pulses, relay 2504 de-energizes.



   When the unit logger has been fully put into position, contact 2148 is closed and a circuit is completed as follows: earth, contact 2148, contacts B2 and Bl in position 16 of the SSO succession switch, relay 2108, to the battery; relay 2108 opens contact 2133 so that the fundamental circuit is open and relay 2202 releases. The succession switch is then controlled so as to return to normal and at the same time to control the return to normal of the recording equipment. During this operation, a pulse is sent to the primary selector to force the SSP succession switch to advance to position 12.

   A circuit is then completed for relay 2201 as follows: earth, contact 2221, contact 2225, the coil of relay 2201, to the battery. Relay 2201 then energizes and completes a latch circuit for itself as follows: battery, coil of relay 2201, contact 2214, contact 2239, contact 2256, to ground. When relay 2203 releases, the circuit of relay 2209 is completed as follows: battery, coil of relay 2209, contact 2248, contact 2243, contact 2227, contact 2215, contact 2234, the. contact 2256, to earth.



   The relays 2209 and 2208 then operate alternately. Relay 2209, at contact 2247, sends pulses to the series of counter relays and relay 2208, at contact 2245, opens the loop to the jerky advance switches and, at contact 2244, keeps relay 2211 energized by the intermittent connection of earth at its upper bound.



   If we now return to the operation of the

  <Desc / Clms Page number 164>

 final tor S4, when the loop is first opened at contact 2245, relay 2502 releases and completes a circuit as follows: earth, contact 2520, contact 2523, contact out of normal 2585, contact 2573, the contact 2535, the contact 2546, the winding of the rotating magnet 2582 towards the battery. A parallel circuit is also completed from contact 2535 by the winding of relay 2508 to the battery. This relay is slow to release and is kept energized during the series of pulses and closes contact 2540 so as to provide a circuit for the pulses independent of contact 2535.

   The wipers are then rotated one advance at each pulse transmitted to the series of counter relays and are thus advanced to the desired contact in the chosen stage.



   When the relay series has been fully actuated, a circuit is completed for relay 2204 as follows: battery, coil of relay 2204, conductor 2285, contact 2351, contact 2344, contact 2338, conductor 2261 , contact 2231, contact 2262, contact 2356, contact 2364, to earth. Relay 2204 closes, while operating, a circuit for relay 2304 as follows: battery, coil of relay 2304, contact 2323, contact 2318, contact 2332, conductor 2264, contact 2235, contact 2237 , down to earth.



   Relay 2304 operates to close a latch circuit for itself at contact 2335, as follows: battery, coil of relay 2304, contact 2335, conductor 2265, contact 2237, to ground, and opens its initial excitation circuit at contact 2332, contact 2335 being closed on the contrary before contact 2332 has opened. Relay 2304 also opens contact 2334, which releases relays 2302 and 2303.



   At contact 2333, a circuit is then completed for relay 2205 as follows: earth, contact 2150, re-

  <Desc / Clms Page number 165>

 lais 2151, contacts N1 and N2 in position 12 of the SSP succession switch, brush 2129, contact 2134, conductor 2131, contact 2213, conductor 2269, contact 2333, contact 2284, relay 2205, resistor 2283, contact 2217, conductor 2132, contact 2135, brush
2130, contacts M2 and?, Il in position 12 of. SSP succession switch, the winding of relay 2152, to the battery.

   In this circuit, relay 2205 energizes, but as a result of high resistance 2283, relays 2151 and 2152 do not energize at this time. At contact 2234, relay 2204 opens the circuit of relay 2209 and the transmission of pulses to the jerky switches is stopped.

   It will be recalled that relay 2201 was latched in the energized state when the fundamental circuit was opened after the series of counter relays had been actuated in accordance with the reverse control pulses sent back for the ones digit, and the circuit of this relay is now transferred to the following circuit: the battery, the coil of the relay 2201, the contact 2214, the contact 2238, the conductor 2266, the contact 2331, the conductor 2270, the contact 2233, the contact 2256, to earth, with relay 2211 also actuated in the following circuit: battery, winding of relay 2211, conductor 2267, contact 2328, conductor 2271, contact 2240, to earth.



   Under these conditions, contacts 2213, 2217 and 2255 are closed and the conversation leads are connected through the repeater transmitter, so that the conversation can take place. It should be noted that the relay 2211 depends on the relay 2205 while the jerky feed switches and the relays 2201, 2204, 2304 are all ultimately dependent on the contact 2256 of the relay 2211. Consequently, the calling subscriber may, by releasing relay 2205, restore all communication to normal.



  If we now come back to the final selector, we

  <Desc / Clms Page number 166>

 will recall that relay 2508 was kept actuated during the series of unit pulses and that the wipers are now resting on the desired subscriber line. It will first be assumed that the desired subscriber line is free and that the battery is therefore connected to conductor 2568. When relay 2508 becomes free at the end of the series of unit pulses, a circuit is completed as follows: the battery, the conductor 2568, the fixed contact 2563, the wiper 2557, the contact 2550, the contact 2537, the lower winding of the relay 2509, the contact 2533, the contact 2522, to earth.



   Relay 2509 operates and closes a latch circuit for itself as follows; battery, top winding of relay 2509, contact 2574, contact 2521, to earth. The circuit of the rotating magnet 2582 is then open at contact 2546 and the ringing sound behind is connected to the upper conversation conductor at contact 2542.



  Contacts 2541 and 2547 are also closed and ringing current is then sent to the line of the desired subscriber by means of the following circuit: the battery, ring generator 2591, contact 2588, the lower winding of relay 2506 , the contact 2526, the contact 2541, the contact 2548, the wiper 2556, the fixed contact 2562, the conductor 2568, the device of the desired subscriber, the conductor 2572, the fixed contact 2567, the wiper 2561, the contact 2555, contact 2547, contact 2532, to earth,
The connection of the ringing current is interrupted at intermittent intervals by the operation of relay 2584 which is intermittently connected to and disconnected from the battery by switch 2592.

   The contacts 2588 and 2589 are therefore alternately closed and the generator and the superimposed battery are alternately connected to the upper conversation conductor.



   It will be recalled that the earth was connected to the release junction conductor 2441 via the en-

  <Desc / Clms Page number 167>

 upper bearing of relay 2510. The upper winding is now shorted when relay 2509 operates, and it closes contact 2543, with the direct earth now connected to the release junction conductor as follows: earth, contact 2522, contact 2543, to the release junction conductor 2441, Relay 2509, when operating, marks the line of the called subscriber busy by connecting the earth to the normal private conductor 2575 by the following circuit: earth, contact 2545, 2550 contact, 2557 wiper, 2563 fixed contact, 2575 private normal driver.



   When the called subscriber answers by lifting his receiver from the hook-switch a loop is completed between conductors 2568 and 2572, and relay 2506 operates in the following circuit: the battery, one of the contacts 2588 and 2589, the winding lower relay 2506, contact 2526, contact 2541, contact 2548, wiper 2556, contact 2562, conductor 2568, the loop of the called subscriber station, conductor 2572, fixed contact 2567, the wiper 2561, contact 2555, contact 2547, contact 2532 to earth.



   Relay 2506 closes, while operating, a latch circuit for itself as follows: battery, top coil of relay 2506, contact 2530, contact 2521 to ground. Relay 2506 also disconnects the ringing current from the subscriber line at contacts 2532 and 2526, the ringing back sound is disconnected from the subscriber line calling at contact 2527, and relay 2501 is connected to the loop between conductors 2568 and 2572. Relay 2501 then operates in the following circuit:

   the battery, the top coil of the relay 2501, the contact 2528, the contact 2541, the contact 2548, the wiper 2556, the contact 2562, the conductor 2568, the loop of the called subscriber station, the conductor 2572, the contact 2567, wiper 2561, contact 2555, contact 2547, contact 2531, / winding

  <Desc / Clms Page number 168>

 lower - relay 2501, to earth.



   Relay 2501 then operates and reverses the battery connections to conductors 2434 and 2448, with the battery connected to the lower reversing conductor as follows: the battery, the upper coil of relay 2502, contact 2516, to the lower conductor of conversation 2448, and the earth being connected to the upper conversation conductor as follows: earth, the lower winding of the relay 2502, the contact 2513, to the upper conversation conductor 2434.



   Coming back now to the repeater transmitter, remember that the bias winding of relay 2207 has been completed at contact 2256 of relay 2211.



  When the battery connections to the talk leads are reversed when the called subscriber answers, relay 2207 operates and shorts high resistance 2283 to contact 2241. When high resistance is then shorted , the flow of current through conductors 2131 and 2132 is increased enough to cause relay 2152 to energize and thereby control counter operations or the like in a manner which is well known in the art and which does not is therefore not shown. The conversation circuit is then completed and the subscribers can converse.



   The calling subscriber receives the battery from relay 2153 in the following circuit: the battery, the upper winding of relay 2153, contacts P2 and Pl in position 12 of the SSP succession switch, conductor 2112 and from there pa, r secondary and primary line finders, subscriber loop, primary and secondary searchers, conductor 2113, contacts 02 and 01 in position 12 of the SSP succession switch, the lower winding of relay 2153 to earth .



   When the conversation is over, subscribers will

  <Desc / Clms Page number 169>

 hook up their receiver and when the calling subscriber hangs up, relay 2153 releases and opens contact 2150 so that the earth is removed from the upper conversation conductor and the circuit of relay 2151 in the primary selector PS and relay 2205 in the repeater transmitter RT is open; these relays are then released. On contact 2240, relay 2205 opens the latch circuit of relay 2201 which releases a, near a short interval, and opens the latch circuit of relay 2204 which also releases and opens the circuit of relay 2211.



   Relay 2304 also releases when its circuit is opened to contact 2237 and the repeater transmitter is now in its normal position. Relay 2211. opens the loop to selector S4 at contact 2255 and relay 2205 then releases and opens the circuit of relay 2503; relay 2503 therefore releases and at contact 2521 it opens the latching circuit of relays 2506 and 2509 which consequently de-energize, and at contact 2522 it removes the earth of the release junction conductor 2441.

   When relay 2506 becomes free, or when the called subscriber hangs up his receiver, whichever of these operations occurs first, relay 2501 is released and a circuit is completed as follows: earth, contact 2520 , the contact 2524, the contact 2518, the contact 2587, the winding of the magnet 2583 towards the battery; the release magnet operates and releases the switch shaft which then returns to normal.



   In the primary selector, relay 2152 does, releasing the SSP succession switch to position 14 after which the switch is returned to normal in the well known manner along with the seekers switches PF and SF. When relay 2211 released, earth was removed from conductor 2280 at contact 2257, and when relay 2305 of final selector released, earth remaining at

  <Desc / Clms Page number 170>

 contact 2522 has been removed, after which relay 2405 of selector S2 and the corresponding relay of selector S3 are released.

   When relay 2405 releases, a circuit is completed as follows: earth, contact 2425, contact 2410, contact 2413, non-normal contact 2414, winding of release magnet 2408, to battery. Magnet 2408 energizes and forces selector switch S2 to return to normal. The selector S3 release magnet operates in a similar fashion to release the switch S3. If the called party is busy, the land is met. ' on contact 2563 and a circuit is completed as follows for relay 2507 before relay 2508 releases: the battery, the winding of the relay 2507, the contact 2544, the contact 2539, the contact 2550, the wiper 2557, the contact 2563, to earth.

   Relay 2507 operates and when relay 2508 releases, it '' is locked in the following circuit: battery, winding of relay 2507, contact 2544, contact 2538, contact 2534, contact 2522, towards the earth. The busy sound is connected to contact 2336 from the busy sound transformer 2590. When the calling subscriber receives this sound, he hangs up his receiver. The jerky-advancing switches then release as before while the release of the recorder controller takes place in a known manner.



   Recall that the hold circuit for relay 2211 of the repeater transmitter is provided by relay 2203 before and during the time that the reverse pulses are sent to the recorder by relay 2208 during the actual transmission of pulses either backward or forward, and by relay 2204 during the resulting pause between the end of a complete operation of the counter relays and the start of the next operation; opening the circuit for short intervals has no effect as relay 2211 is slow to pick up

  <Desc / Clms Page number 171>

 
During the reception and transmission of the thousands and hundreds choffs, the relay 2204 is kept actuated under the control of the relays 2201 and 2205;

   therefore, means have been provided to provide a preliminary release of the connection before the hundreds digit has been returned, permanently opening the fundamental circuit to the recorder. Releasing the recorder when the calling party hangs up prematurely can be described briefly. When the calling subscriber hangs up, the SSI succession switch goes to position 17, the SSR succession switch goes to position 1 after the registers have returned to normal, and the SSI succession switch then goes into position. position 1. The permanent opening of the fundamental circuit causes the release of the relays 2205 and 2202, and, consequently, of all the relays dependent on them.

   Relay 2211 releases the jerky feed switches by opening contact 2255.



   Note that during the release of the recorder, a fundamental circuit is closed by contacts P3 and P2 in positions 6-14 of the SSI succession switch, then opened in positions 15 and-16 and closed again by contacts P2 and P1 in position 17 of the succession switch SSI, before the basic circuit is finally permanently open.



   If the hundreds digit has been sent back, relay 2202 operates in the following circuit when the basic circuit is closed: battery, coil of relay 2202, resistor 2282, contact 2218, conductor 2132, contact 2135, brush 2130, contacts N2 and N3 in position 9 of the SSP succession switch, brush 2121, contact 2122, contacts P2 and Pl in position 17 of the SSI succession switch, contact 2123, brush 2120, contacts C3 and C2 in position 9 of the SSP succession switch, brush 2129, contact 2134,

  <Desc / Clms Page number 172>

 conductor 2131, contact 2212, to earth. Relay 2202 operates and completes a circuit for relay 2203 through contacts 2222 and 2249. Relay 2203 completes a circuit for relay 2211 to contact 2226.



   A circuit is also completed for the relay 2209 and the relays 2209 and 2208 operate alternately as described previously. When the series of relays have been fully actuated, relay 2204 is actuated by the circuit traced previously and completes the following circuit: earth, contact 2237, contact 2235, conductor 2264, contact 2332, contact 2318, contact 2322, the upper winding of relay 2303 towards the battery. It also opens. the counter relay interlock circuits 2305 2309 and the relay circuit 2209 at contact 2234. The counter relays return to normal and the pulses cease.



   During this time the fundamental circuit is open and the relay 2202 releases, which is followed by the release of the relay 2203 after a short interval during which the relay 2201 operates but only momentarily since there is no circuit. lock for him. Relay 2204 is locked in the following circuit: battery, coil of relay 2204, contact 2202, contact 2208, conductor 2258, contact 2254, contact 2230, contact 2224, conductor 2268, contact 2256, down to earth. After a short interval, however, the basic circuit is closed again in position 17 of the succession switch SSI and relays 2203 and 2202 energize again, which opens the latch circuit of relay 2204.

   A new series of reversing pulses is then transmitted so that when relay 2204 energizes again, relay 2304 energizes, relay 2303 having energized when relay 2204 de-energizes. There is now no latch circuit for relay 2204 and therefore this relay can release immediately; the fundamental circuit is now constantly

  <Desc / Clms Page number 173>

 open and all relays de-energize.



   Relay 2205 is connected as it will be recalled, between the conversation conductors after each digit has been completely sent to the jerky-advancing switches and before a final selector has been taken into service, this relay is kept actuated until 'until the recorder moves to the next transmission position. If the thousands digit has been sent, the recorder advances to its hundreds transmission position and relay 2205 then opens the circuit of relay 2204 which is released; relay 2301 then operates completely. Relay 2302 likewise operates fully when the recorder advances to its tens transmit position and relay 2303 operates fully as soon as vertical movement of the final selector is completed.

   Relay 2303 removes, while operating, the short ... circuit between the terminals of resistor 2283 to contact 2326.



  Relay 2304 operates as soon as the rotary movement of the final selector is completed and completes the conversation circuit.



   It was assumed that the ones digit was 6 and the hundreds digit was 8; from the pulse table, it can be seen that five pulses must be returned by the repeater transmitter before the fundamental circuit is opened; if, on the contrary, the hundreds digit had been odd, 15 pulses would have been necessary. Since the fundamental circuit is still open and the relay 2203 is still energized, the counter relays continue to operate until eleven pulses have been issued back, after which a circuit is completed as follows: battery, winding of relay 2210, conductor 2263, contact 2343, contact 2350, contact 2337, contact 2260, contact 2230, conductor 2262, contact 2356, contact 2364, to earth.



   Remember that as soon as relay 2202 is activated

  <Desc / Clms Page number 174>

 However, contact 2245 of relay 2208 is shorted and therefore no impulse is sent to the jerky feed switches. Relay 2210 opens by operating contact 2254, and thereby removes ground from conductor 2280, after which relay 2510 of the final selector operates by means of the following circuit:

   battery, relay 2404 winding, contact 2419, contact 2424, relay winding 2405, contact 2423, wiper 2435, contact 2436, conductor 2437. A similar parallel circuit is connected in parallel. this point in selector S3 through conductor 2438, conductor 2435, contact 2440, conductor 2441, top winding of relay 2510, contact 2522, to earth.



   Relay 2510 operates and closes a latch circuit for itself as follows: the battery, lower winding of relay 2510, contact 2552, contact 2522, to ground and it shorts its top winding to the contact. 2553. Relay 2510 also closes contacts 2549,2551 and 2554, which transfers the connecting conductors to the series of wipers connected to the lower series of fixed contacts. Repeater transmitter relay 2210 also opens the meter relay series interlock circuit at contact 2251 and with the exception of relay 2305 these relays return to normal.



   A circuit is however maintained for relay 2305 as follows: battery, upper and lower windings of relay 2305 in series, contact 2341, conductor 2276, contact 2252, to ground. A latch circuit for relay 2210 is thus provided as follows: battery, winding of relay 2210, contact 2229, contact 2250, contact 2234, contact 2256, to ground.



  Relay 2210 also opens the circuit from relay 2203 to contact 2249, but this relay is slow to release and keeps relay 2210 energized for a short time and the relay

  <Desc / Clms Page number 175>

 
2210 also opens the circuit from relay 2209 to contact 2248, and the transmission of reversing pulses is stopped.



   After a short interval, relay 2203 releases and this is followed by relay 2210 which transfers the interlock circuit for relay 2305 from earth to conductor.
2202 to earth on contact 2256 by contact 2254, contact 2251, conductor 2278, contact 2369, contact
2361, contact 2355, contact 2363, contact 2349,. contact 2370, conductor 2277, contact 2253, contact
2248 is closed again and the transmission of the reverse pulses begins again. The counter relay system interlock circuit is closed again at contact 2251 and pulses are transmitted to the counter relays by conductor 2275. The first pulse activates relay 2306 and the following pulse activates relay 2307, and the operation continues until a total of 15 pulses have been sent back.



   As eleven pulses had been sent before relay 2210 operates, 4 new pulses will be required and when relay 2309 operates and the fifteenth pulse is returned the fundamental circuit is open, relay 2202 releases and opens the circuit of relay 2203 Further operation is carried out as described above and does not have to be repeated.



   Figures 24 and 24a show a variation of the arrangement shown in Figures 20 and 20a, for the purpose of operating with a different type of reversing control system from that described in connection with Figure 19. ' The main difference between these circuits is in the release arrangements and is particularly that when a trunk is made to another office, no carry circuit to the remote office switches is provided from the recorder. Consequently, while the jerky-advancing desk communicators are in the% position

  <Desc / Clms Page number 176>

 . call, they must be controlled locally by a time release device.

   For the purpose of operating in such a system, Figures 20 and 20a have been modified to produce the RT1 recorder transmitter as shown in Figures 24 and 24a by the addition of four relays, namely 3601, 3602,3621 and 3622. The first digit in the references concerning the relays which are common to both arrangements has been changed from 2 to 3, but the other three digits are the same, so that the identity of the different contacts and relay can be easily traced.



   When it is said that no hold circuit is provided to the remote office, by this it is meant that there is no provision to hold relay 3205 while the switches are in position, it is ie there is no battery current sent forward between the different digits. Instead, the fundamental circuit is open and remains open until the logger is ready to respond to the next set of reverse control pulses. It was therefore not necessary to represent a new figure corresponding to figure 19.



   When the fundamental circuit is closed for the first time, a circuit is completed as follows: battery, resistor 3604, contact 3603, conductor 3131, through fundamental circuit, conductor 3132, contact 3608, winding from relay 3602, to earth. Relay 3602 energizes and at contact 3633 completes a circuit for relay 3601. Relay 3601 energizes accordingly and then by closing contacts 3605 and 3607 establishes a fundamental circuit similar in all respects to basic circuit which has been described with reference to figure 10. Relay 3602 has a very high resistance and therefore the logger relay corresponding to relay 2109 does not operate until relay 3202 is connected.



   When relay 3601 operates, a circuit is com-

  <Desc / Clms Page number 177>

 Pleted for relay 3211 as follows: earth, contact 3606, contact 3609, coil of relay 3211, to earth. Relay 3211 operates and at contact 3610 completes a hold circuit for relay 3601. When contacts 3605 and 3607 close, relay 3202 operates and is followed by operation of relay 3203.



   Relay 3602 has its circuit open at contacts 3603 and 3608 and after a short interval it is released, but without effect since relay 3211 is kept actuated by contact 3226 and relay 3601 is kept actuated by contact 3610 The establishment of a connection is similar to what has been described above except that since the relay 3202 is not energized by means of the fundamental circuit between the series of pulses, the relay 3203 is arranged to control the signal. 3204 relay interlock circuit. This interlock circuit can be traced as follows: battery, winding of relay 3204, contact 3232 ,, contact 3228, conductor 3258, contact 3334, conductor 3268, contact 3256 to earth.



   It will be recalled that this circuit is similar to the interlock circuit which was provided after the tens digit had been transmitted from the repeater transmitter RT. In this case, however, a latch circuit must also be established after the thousands digit and after the hundreds digit has been transmitted by the repeater transmitter, so that the hold circuit of relay 3204 is only open. when the basic circuit is closed again at the recorder controller as a result of the recording of the next digit, this is achieved by connecting the conductor 3258 directly to earth through the contacts 3334 and 3256 while in the previous case it went through contacts 2314 and 2320,

   and in this case the conductor hold circuit 2258 is kept open at contact 2320 until the recorder transmits 41

  <Desc / Clms Page number 178>

 RT has transmitted the digit;, hundreds to jerky switches and the tens digit has been registered by the calling subscriber.



   As can easily be seen, in the present arrangement, if for some reason the basic circuit does not have to be closed, the relay 3204 is kept latched in the energized state. This could happen because the subscriber is late in completing his dial operation or the subscriber hangs up his receiver prematurely. In both cases, relays 3621 and 3622 would command the release, as can now be seen.



   If the subscriber is late in completing the. operation of the dial, the repeater transmitter RT1 continues to operate until all the digits recorded by the calling subscriber have been processed; lerelay 3204 then locks in the actuated state; in all cases the repeater transmitter stops its operation with the relay 3204 locked in the actuated state and keeps the jerky-advance switches actuated until the relay 3304 operates, as the relay 3211 is kept actuated in the circuit next: the battery, the winding of the relay 3211, the conductor 3267, the contact 3330, the conductor 3270, the contact 3233, the contact 3256, towards the. Earth.



   As soon as relay 3211 operates, time pulse conductor 3612 is connected to contact 3611 as follows: conductor 3612, contact 3611, conductor 3615, contact 3630, contact 3623, top winding of the relay 3621 to the battery. Earth is momentarily connected to the time pulse conductor, for example every thirty seconds, so that after an interval of up to 30 seconds, the. ground is connected to the top winding of relay 3621 through this circuit and relay 3621 partially energizes to close contact 3625 only.

   When earth is removed from conductor 3612, relay 3621 operates.

  <Desc / Clms Page number 179>

 fits completely in the following circuit: the battery, the upper and lower windings of relay 3621 in series, contact 3625, contact 3629, conductor 3268, contact 3256, to earth.



   If the connection is not completed within 30 seconds of energizing relay 3621, earth is again connected to time pulse conductor 3612 and a circuit is completed for the upper winding as follows. of relay 3622: earth, on conductor 3612, contact 3611, conductor 3613, contact 3630, contact 3624, the upper winding of relay 3622 towards the battery. Relay 3622 operates partially to close contacts 3637 only and upon removing the earth from the time pulse conductor shortly thereafter, relay 3622 operates fully in the following circuit: the battery, upper windings and bottom of relay 3622 in series, contact 3627, contact 3629, conductor 3628, contact 3256, to earth.



   Relay 3622, when operating, completely closes contacts 3626, 3632 and 3628. At contact 3626, a circuit is completed for relay 3201 as follows: battery, winding of relay 3201, conductor 3631, contact 3626, contact 3629, conductor 3268, contact 3256 towards earth. Relay 3201 operates in this circuit and establishes the connection through the talk leads, and it closes a latch circuit for itself as follows: the battery, the coil of the relay 3201, the contact 3214, the contact 3239, the contact 3256 to earth.

   At contact 3632, a circuit is completed for relay 3204 as follows: battery, coil of relay 3204, conductor 3285, contact 3632, contact 3629, conductor 3268, contact 3256, to earth . At contact 3628, a circuit is completed for relay 3304 follows: earth, contact 3256, conductor 3268, contact 3629, contact 3628, the relay winding

  <Desc / Clms Page number 180>

 3304, to the battery. Relay 3304 energizes accordingly and transforms the latch circuit of relay 3211 into the following circuit: the battery, the winding of the relay 3211, the conductor 3267, the contact 3228, the conductor 3271, the contact 3240, to Earth.



   When relay 3205 releases or if it has already released, the circuit of relay 3211 is opened at contact 3240; relay 3211 then releases and opens the loop circuit to the jerky feed switches at contact 3255 and all jerky feed switches release. Relay 3304, while operating, opens the circuit of relays 3201, 3621 and 3622 at contact 3629 and opens the latch circuit of relay 3204 at contact 3334; the latch circuit of relay 3201 is also open; relays 3201, 3621 and 3622 then release and are followed by releasing relay 3304. When relay 3211 releases, the circuit of relay 3601 is open and this relay releases to reverse the battery connections to the trunk line. and thus mark the junction line as free.



   CLAIMS.



   1) - An automatic or semi-automatic telephone system containing a jerky-advancing desk and a reversing control desk, characterized in that a transmission arrangement is provided in the jerky-advancing desk so that the switches of the jerky-advancing desk can be operated from the reversible control desk.



   2) - An automatic or semi-automatic telephone system containing a jerk-advancing desk and a reversing control desk, characterized in that a transmission arrangement is provided in the jerky-advancing desk so that the switches of the reversing control desk can be operated from the jerk-off desk.

** ATTENTION ** end of DESC field can contain start of CLMS **.


    

Claims (1)

3) - An automatic or semi-automatic telephone system <Desc / Clms Page number 181> tick enclosing a jerky advancement desk and a reversely controlled desk, characterized in that some of the jerky advancement desk switches are arranged to have several series of wipers so as to increase their capacity to that of the corresponding switches of the reversely controlled office, and in which a repeater transmitter to be taken up and controlled from a recorder controller in the reversively controlled office is arranged to transmit several series of pulses to operate jerky-advancing office switches and, when ordered, in a particular series of sliders from one of the jerky-advancing switches to choose from. 4) - An automatic or semi-automatic telephone system containing a jerky advancement desk and a reversing control desk characterized in that a recorder controller, which is intended to be associated with a trunk line used for calls from the desk with jerky advancement to the desk with reversive couunande, is provided with series of relay recorders intended! record the digits formed by a calling subscriber other than those used to choose this junction line and is intended in the following to control the positioning of the reversible control switches. 5) - An automatic or semi-automatic telephone system employing recorder controllers to control the operation of switches to. reversive control, in which a relay is provided in the junction relay group from which a recorder controller is intended to be requested. in service, this relay being intended to be actuated if a subscriber hangs up his receiver before completing a call to keep the calling line until the reversing control switches have returned to normal. 6) - An automatic or semi-automatic telephone system employing recorder controllers to control <Desc / Clms Page number 182> the operation of reversibly controlled switches, in which a relay is provided in the group of junction relays from which a recorder controller is intended to be taken into service, this relay being intended to be actuated if a subscriber is slow to operate its dial after starting to establish a communication, to allow isolation of the recorder controller and to prevent a recorder controller associated with that relay group from being taken into service until the subscriber hung up his receiver. 7) - An automatic or semi-automatic telephone system in which a recorder controller is intended to be selected in a ready state for a call to be established by means of a trunk line, and is intended to be taken over. service as soon as this trunk line is selected by a group selection switch. 8) - An automatic or semi-automatic telephone system comprising an office containing switches arranged on a non-decimal basis and an office having jerky-advancing switches arranged on a decimal basis, characterized in that the jogging switches of the second office which are taken in service by subscribers of the first office are arranged on a non-decimal basis similar to that of the switches of the first office. 9) - An automatic or semi-automatic telephone system comprising an office containing switches arranged on a non-decimal basis and an office containing jerky-advancing switches arranged on a decimal basis, in which the jerky-advancing switches of the second office are arranged on a non-decimal basis similar to that of the switches in the first office and in which the different control effects exerted to determine the operation of the different rows of switches taken in service in the second office through a repeater transmitter are entirely independent one of the other in the <Desc / Clms Page number 183> same repeater transmitter. 10) - A recorder controller to control the operation of reversely controlled switches, in which a series of counter relays is provided for each digit to be recorded, each series of relays being, after the digit has been recorded formed at the dial, then actuated by pulses transmitted back and forth from switches to. reversive control, characterized in that one of these series is, after having been actuated in the manner described, then actuated by a fixed number of pulses transmitted backwards from the reversibly controlled switches. II) - A recorder controller to control the operation of reversely controlled switches, in which a series of counter relays is provided for each digit to be recorded, each series of relays being, after having recorded the digit formed in dial, then actuated by pulses transmitted back from reversely controlled switches, characterized in that the total number of pulses required to actuate a series of relays is intended to vary as a result of ensuring that when the series of relays approach the end of their operation, they successively close contacts in different circuits, the particular circuit to be closed depending on the value of the recorded digit and / or the value of a previous digit. 12) - A recorder controller for controlling the operation of reversibly controlled switches, in which two relays are intended to operate under the effect of each series of pulses to be recorded and are arranged so as to take alternately one position or another when each pulse is received, and depending on the position they occupy when a series of pulses is completed, exert a controlling influence on the number of reversing control pulses which must be received for this particular series and / or for a subsequent series / pulses. <Desc / Clms Page number 184> 13) .- A recorder controller can control the operation of reversely controlled switches, wherein the series of pulses produced by a calling subscriber and the series of pulses produced by the reversibly controlled switches are received in series of meter relays while the distribution of the different series of pulses to the series of meter relays is also carried out by means of relays. 14) - A recorder controller to control the operation of reversely controlled switches, comprising a series of counter relays for each digit to be recorded, which receives at the -Law the pulses formed on the dial by a calling subscriber and the pulses launched backwards coming from reversely controlled switches, auxiliary relays which determine the total number of pulses which must be received by the different series of counter relays, two relays which operate differently depending on whether the different series of pulses are odd or pairs and which are intended to control the operation of the auxiliary relays, and series of relays which control the distribution of the different series of pulses and the operation of the auxiliary relays. 15) - A recorder controller to control the operation of reversely controlled switches, containing a series of relays which are intended to be actuated in the event that a subscriber is slow to operate so :: dial or hangs up his receiver prematurely in order to control the recall of all switches that have opened. middle position, opening and closing successively the fundamental circuit. 16) - A recorder controller for controlling the operation of reversibly controlled switches, and intended to be chosen if it is free from a group of junction relays, in which a card potential is normally foarin from the group junction relay under the control <Desc / Clms Page number 185> of the calling subscriber so that the release of the recorder controller can be produced when the subscriber. ne replaces its receiver, 17) - A recorder controller to control the operation of reversibly controlled switches, in which if a subscriber is slow to operate the dial after having started the establishment of a communication, a series of relays is intended to be actuated, the operation of these relays being different followed whether the delay occurs before or after ur. a number of sets of reversive pulses have been received. 18) - A recorder controller to control the operation of reversible control switches, in which if a subscriber hangs up his receiver prematurely, a series of relays is intended to be actuated, the operation of these relays being different depending on the subscriber replace its receiver before or after a number of sets of reversing pulses have been received. 19) - A recorder controller for controlling the operation of reversibly controlled switches by means of a fundamental circuit, in which the relay which opens the fundamental circuit after the completion of a series of reversing pulses is intended to connect the battery to one conductor and the earth to the other conductor of the basic circuit until everything is ready for the transmission of the next series of pulses. 20) - A repeater transmitter for use in a telephone system, comprising a pulse transmitter for producing a number of series of pulses, each series comprising a specified number of pulses, some of these pulses in each series being transmitted in one direction and the remainder then being transmitted in another direction, characterized in that if the number of pulses transmitted in the first direction -For one of these <Desc / Clms Page number 186> series reaches a determined number, a special command is exerted in the other direction without any impulse being transmitted in this direction and an additional series of impulses is then transmitted, additional series of which part is transmitted in the first direction and the remainder is transmitted in the other direction. 21) - A repeater transmitter intended for telephone systems, comprising a pulse transmitter intended to produce a certain number of series of pulses, each series comprising a determined number of pulses, some of these pulses in each series, following the determination by the receiving apparatus being transmitted in one direction and the remainder then being transmitted in another direction, characterized in that different circuits are closed after a series of pulses has been produced, so that the number determines of series pulses can be varied. 22) - A repeater transmitter intended for telephone systems and intended to transmit pulses in one direction to a recorder controller by means of a fundamental circuit and to transmit pulses in another direction to jerky-advancing switches, in wherein a repeater transmitter relay is kept actuated by a current which is fed forward from the logger controller after a series of pulses stored in the logger controller has effected switch-to-switch operation. jerky advancement and until the next series of pulses have been registered, after which the relay releases and causes the basic circuit to be completed. 23) - A pulse transmitter for use in a telephone system, comprising two relays intended to energize and de-energize alternately and intended to control in combination with a series of counter relays the transmission of pulses by a circuit exterior, the meter relays being intended to be actuated successively under the <Desc / Clms Page number 187> control of these two relays for a determined number of pulses which is greater than the number of relays in the series, 'independent means being provided to ensure that only a selected number of these pulses is transmitted by the outdoor circuit. 24) - A jerky-advancing switch for use in telephone systems, having two sets of wipers, in which a coil of a relay which is intended to select the desired series of wipers is connected to the con- test lead and is intended not to be actuated when a guard potential is connected to the test conductor at an earlier point in the connection, and to be actuated when this potential is connected to the test conductor by means only of the switching relay winding. 25) - An automatic or semi-automatic telephone system according to claim 4, wherein the operation of one series of relay recorders is intended to modify the control of another series of relay recorders which is to be controlled. actuated in the following. 26) - An automatic or semi-automatic telephone system according to claim 7, wherein the trunk line is intended to be taken into service by a jerky-advancing group selection switch and to be normally associated with a reversing control switch . 27) - An automatic or semi-automatic telephone system according to claim 8, wherein the final selector switches of the first office have access to two hundred lines and the final selector switches of the jerky advancement office have access to one hundred lines by means of 'a series of wipers and a hundred other lines by means of a second series of wipers, characterized in that the final selector switches are accessible in common for subscribers of the two offices with regard to the groups of one hundred lines available by means of a series of rubbers, and in / that for this <Desc / Clms Page number 188> which concerns the groups of one hundred lines available by means of the other series of wipers, final selector switches have been provided which are available only for the subscribers of the jerky advance office. 28) - A recorder controller according to claim 16, in which if the calling subscriber replaces his receiver prematurely, a hold potential is intended to be sent forward from the recorder controller as soon as the application of the guard potential of the junction relay group ceases, this first potential persists while the reversely controlled switches are actuated towards a position in which they do not automatically release. 29) - A recorder controller according to claim 17 or 18 in which the series of relays is intended to control the opening and closing of the basic circuit extending to the reversibly controlled switches. 30) - A recorder controller according to claim 19, in which the relay is intended to be locked in the excited state by means of two independent circuits, one of these circuits being dependent on the state of the switches to reversive command and the other being dependent on the recording of the next digit. 31) - A repeater transmitter according to claim 20 or 21, in which an advancement device is successively actuated for each series of pulses produced and this advancement device determines the determined number according to its positioning. for the next set of pulses. 32) - A pulse transmitter according to claim 23, characterized in that the first pulse or pulses of a series up to the number selected are transmitted by means of an external circuit. 33) - A pulse transmitter according to claim 23 or 32, wherein the last pulse or pulses of a se- /, <Desc / Clms Page number 189> ries, depending on the number chosen, are transmitted by means of an external circuit. 34) - A pulse transmitter according to claim 23, in which the counter relays are established so as to successively close contacts in different circuits, independent control means being provided to force one of these circuits in particular to intervene, when closed, to stop the production of pulses. 35) - A jerky advance switch according to claim 24, wherein the winding in question is of low resistance and is connected in series with the test conductor, the relay being intended to lock in the actuated position by means of a second winding and short-circuiting this low resistance winding. 36) - A telephone system in substance as described and shown in the accompanying drawings. 37) - A substanoe recorder controller as described in Figures 3, 4 and 5 or 3, 4 and 13 of the accompanying drawings. 38) - A repeater transmitter substantially as described and shown in Figures 20 and 20a or 24 and 24a of the accompanying drawings. 39) - A pulse emitter in substance as described and shown in Figures 20 and 20a or 24 and 24a of the accompanying drawings. 40) - A jerky-advancing switch, in substance as described and shown in FIG. 22 of the accompanying drawings.